WO2023127152A1 - Optical device and inspection method - Google Patents

Optical device and inspection method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023127152A1
WO2023127152A1 PCT/JP2021/048971 JP2021048971W WO2023127152A1 WO 2023127152 A1 WO2023127152 A1 WO 2023127152A1 JP 2021048971 W JP2021048971 W JP 2021048971W WO 2023127152 A1 WO2023127152 A1 WO 2023127152A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light
reflected
reflected light
convex portion
optical system
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/048971
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
尚憲 北
正範 荒井
Original Assignee
株式会社ニコン
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社ニコン filed Critical 株式会社ニコン
Priority to PCT/JP2021/048971 priority Critical patent/WO2023127152A1/en
Publication of WO2023127152A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023127152A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01BMEASURING LENGTH, THICKNESS OR SIMILAR LINEAR DIMENSIONS; MEASURING ANGLES; MEASURING AREAS; MEASURING IRREGULARITIES OF SURFACES OR CONTOURS
    • G01B11/00Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of optical techniques
    • G01B11/30Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of optical techniques for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/84Systems specially adapted for particular applications
    • G01N21/88Investigating the presence of flaws or contamination
    • G01N21/95Investigating the presence of flaws or contamination characterised by the material or shape of the object to be examined
    • G01N21/956Inspecting patterns on the surface of objects

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to optical devices and inspection methods used to inspect object surfaces having riblet structures.
  • Patent Document 1 the configuration of an inspection apparatus for inspecting the quality of microstructures has been proposed.
  • An optical device is an optical device for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction that intersects the first direction.
  • a condensing optical system that irradiates the irradiation area on the surface to be inspected with light and collects the light reflected by the irradiation area, and the condensing optical system is arranged on a different surface from the surface that is conjugate with the surface to be inspected.
  • a light-receiving element having a light-receiving surface and detecting an intensity distribution of light condensed by the condensing optical system.
  • An inspection method is an inspection method for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction that intersects with the first direction. irradiating the upper irradiation area with light, condensing the light reflected by the irradiation area due to the irradiation of the light with a condensing optical system, and a surface different from the surface conjugated with the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system , receiving the focused light and inspecting the riblet structure based on the results of the receiving.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram illustrating irradiation of light onto the surface of an object having a riblet structure; It is a figure explaining a riblet structure.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining reflection of light on the surface of an object having a riblet structure; 1 is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of an optical device;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram illustrating light collection by an optical member arranged closest to an object surface in a light collection optical system; It is a figure showing the projection relationship in a condensing optical system.
  • It is a schematic diagram which shows 1st light reception data.
  • 3 is a functional block diagram of a processor included in the computer;
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram for explaining the outline of light irradiation on the surface of an object having a riblet structure
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining the riblet structure.
  • the optical device 1 is positioned at a predetermined distance from the object surface OS on which the riblet structure is formed, and inspects the object surface OS by irradiating the irradiation area IR on the object surface OS with light.
  • the optical apparatus 1 is also applied to the case of measuring the riblet structure (object surface OS). be able to.
  • FIG. 1 shows a state in which the optical device 1 is arranged at a position spaced apart from the object surface OS by more than a predetermined position.
  • the object surface OS may be an envelope surface including ridges of a plurality of riblets, or may be the surface of the object before the riblet structure is formed.
  • the object surface OS may also be referred to as a work surface.
  • the riblet structure By forming the riblet structure on the object surface OS, it is possible to reduce the frictional resistance between the object surface OS and the fluid in contact with the object surface OS. However, if the shape of the riblet structure changes, the effect of reducing the frictional resistance between the object surface OS and the fluid may decrease. Accordingly, there is a need for an optical apparatus for conveniently inspecting the shape of riblet structures on an object surface OS. At least part of the object surface OS can be said to be the surface to be inspected. At least part of the riblet structure formed on the object surface OS can also be said to be a surface to be inspected. Note that the fluid that contacts the object surface OS may be gas or liquid.
  • a plurality of convex portions C are provided in the second direction D2 so as to protrude from the outside of the object and extend in the first direction D1.
  • the second direction D2 is a direction intersecting the first direction D1, for example, a direction orthogonal to the first direction D1 along the object surface OS.
  • a convex portion C is not provided in the region R of the object surface OS.
  • the region R can also be said to be a region between the adjacent convex portions C spaced apart in the second direction D2 on the object surface OS.
  • the riblet structure can also be said to be a structure including the convex portion C and the region R.
  • the riblet structure can also be said to be a structure in which only the convex portion C is formed.
  • the convex portions C adjacent to each other along the second direction D2 may be adjacent to each other. That is, the region R may be omitted.
  • the riblet structure (object surface OS) may be formed by removing portions other than the convex portion C from the surface of the workpiece (eg, metal) by, eg, laser processing. Also, the riblet structure (object surface OS) may be formed by fixing (eg, adhering) a resin film (eg, UV curable resin) on which the riblet structure is formed on the surface of the workpiece. The riblet structure may be formed by applying a curable material (eg, a UV curable resin) to the surface of the workpiece and pressing a mold having a shape corresponding to the riblet structure against the layer of material on the workpiece.
  • a curable material eg, a UV curable resin
  • the optical device 1 inspects and/or measures the mold pressed against the material layer (for example, the shape of the mold on the side pressed against the material layer).
  • the convex portion C has a pair of inclined surfaces T1 and T2 (hereinafter collectively referred to as "inclined surfaces T") inclined with respect to the third direction D3.
  • a third direction D3 is a direction orthogonal to the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, and is, for example, a normal direction of the object surface OS.
  • the inclined surface T1 and the inclined surface T2 are assumed to be symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3. That is, the angle formed by one inclined surface T1 with the region R and the angle formed by the other inclined surface T2 with the region R are equal in design.
  • the designed inclined surfaces T1 and T2 are symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3.
  • the designed inclined surfaces T1 and T2 may be asymmetrical with respect to the third direction D3.
  • the third direction D3 may be a direction intersecting the first direction D1 and the second direction D2.
  • the interval P between the plurality of convex portions C provided in the second direction D2 may be 100 ⁇ m, for example.
  • the size (height H) of the convex portion C in the third direction D3 may be, for example, 50 ⁇ m.
  • the pair of inclined surfaces T1 and T2 may be inclined, for example, by ⁇ 22.5° with respect to the third direction D3, and the apex angle A of the convex portion C may be, for example, 45°.
  • the interval P of the convex portion C, the size (height H) of the convex portion C in the third direction D3, the inclination angles of the inclined surfaces T1 and T2 with respect to the third direction D3, the apex angle A of the convex portion C is not limited to the above numerical values.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram explaining the reflection of light on the object surface OS.
  • the first reflected light RL1 is reflected light obtained by reflecting the incident light IL1 once from the region R of the object surface OS.
  • the first reflection direction in which the first reflected light RL1 is reflected from the irradiation area IR is a direction perpendicular to the area R of the object surface OS.
  • the first reflected light RL1 may include reflected light obtained by reflecting once in the region R the incident light whose incident position on the irradiation region IR is different from that of the incident light IL1.
  • the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 are incident lights IL2-1 and IL2-2 that are incident on the irradiation region IR at different positions. , the reflected light reflected at least once by the region R and the convex portion C.
  • the second reflected light RL2-1 is obtained by reflecting the incident light IL2-1 at least once on each of the region R and the inclined surface T1 of the convex portion C, that is, at least twice on the irradiation region IR. It is reflected light.
  • the second reflected light RL2-2 is such that the incident light IL2-2, which is incident at a position different from that of the incident light IL2-1, is irradiated at least once on each of the region R and the inclined surface T2 of the convex portion C. It is reflected light reflected at least twice in the region IR.
  • the reflection direction of the second reflected light RL2-1 reflected by the inclined surface T1 of the convex portion C having the apex angle A and the region R (hereinafter also referred to as the “second reflection direction”) is It is a direction inclined by the same angle as the apex angle A from the normal direction of the region R.
  • the apex angle A may be an angle different from the design apex angle of the riblet structure. That is, the second reflection direction may be a direction inclined from the normal direction of the region R by an angle different from the designed vertical angle.
  • the reflection direction of the second reflected light RL2-2 reflected by the inclined surface T2 of the convex portion C having the apex angle A and the region R (hereinafter also referred to as the “third reflection direction”) is the direction of the object surface OS. It is a direction inclined by the same angle as the apex angle A in the direction opposite to the second reflection direction with respect to the normal direction of the region R.
  • the apex angle A is an angle different from the designed apex angle of the riblet structure. That is, the third reflection direction may be a direction that is inclined with respect to the normal direction of the region R by an angle different from the designed vertical angle in the direction opposite to the second reflection direction.
  • the second reflected light beams RL2-1 and RL2-2 are reflected by the region R and the convex portion C three times or more in total, such as once by the region R and twice by the convex portion C. It may be light.
  • the second reflected light RL2 includes incident lights having different incident positions on the irradiation area IR from the incident lights IL2-1 and IL2-2. It may include reflected light that has been reflected at least twice with IR.
  • the convex portion C may have a height H (eg, 50 ⁇ m), and the pair of inclined surfaces T1 and T2 may form an apex angle A (eg, 45°).
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of the optical device 1.
  • the optical device 1 includes a condensing optical system 2 and a light receiving element 3 housed in a housing 4 and is electrically connected to a computer 5 .
  • the connection between the optical device 1 and the computer 5 may be wired or wireless.
  • the optical device 1 irradiates an object surface OS with light from a light source LS and detects reflected light from the object surface OS.
  • FIG. 4 shows cut surfaces of the condensing optical system 2 , the light receiving element 3 , the housing 4 , and the object surface OS by a plane including the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the optical device 1 may include the computer 5 .
  • a light source LS supplies light to the optical device 1 .
  • the light source LS includes, as a light emitting element, an LED (Light Emitting Diode) that emits non-coherent light and/or a laser diode that emits coherent light.
  • Light emitted by the light source LS is guided to the condensing optical system 2 via a light transmitting optical system including, for example, an optical fiber.
  • a light transmitting optical system including, for example, an optical fiber.
  • the light source LS may be an SLD (Super Luminescent Diode).
  • the light source LS may be mounted on the optical device 1 .
  • the condensing optical system 2 irradiates the irradiation area IR of the object surface OS with light from the light source LS, and collects the reflected light reflected by the irradiation area IR.
  • the light that the condensing optical system 2 irradiates the irradiation region IR may be polarized light.
  • the light source LS may use a polarizer to provide light that is linearly polarized in a predetermined direction.
  • the optical device 1 may further include a polarizing plate that transmits only a polarized component in a predetermined direction out of the light supplied from the light source LS, for example.
  • the condensing optical system 2 has a lens group 21 having one or more lens members, and a light splitting member 22 arranged closer to the light receiving element 3 than the lens group 21 is.
  • a filter FL for protecting the light receiving element 3 is arranged between the light dividing member 22 and the light receiving element 3 .
  • the lens group 21 includes, in order from the object surface OS, a positive meniscus lens L1 having a convex surface facing the light receiving element 3 and having positive power, a biconvex positive lens L2 having positive power, and a light receiving lens. It has a positive meniscus lens L3 with a concave surface facing the element 3 side and having positive power.
  • the positive meniscus lens L1 is a lens member arranged closest to the object surface OS.
  • the positive meniscus lens L1 has a convex surface facing the light receiving element 3 and a concave surface facing the object surface OS.
  • the positive meniscus lens L3 is a lens member arranged closest to the light splitting member 22 side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L3 has a concave surface facing the light splitting member 22 . Since the lens member arranged closest to the light splitting member 22 has a concave surface facing the light splitting member 22 , it becomes easy to secure a space for arranging the light splitting member 22 .
  • Table 1 below lists the values of the specifications of the condensing optical system 2 of this embodiment.
  • m is the order of the optical surfaces counted from the object surface OS side
  • r is the radius of curvature
  • d is the interplanar spacing
  • ne is the refractive index for the e-line (wavelength 546 nm).
  • the unit of length of the radius of curvature r and surface spacing d described in Table 1 is "mm".
  • the condensing optical system 2 is not limited to those shown in this table.
  • the reflection direction of the second reflected light is a direction inclined by the apex angle A with respect to the normal direction of the region R.
  • the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side is set to the region R It may be equal to or greater than sin 45° (0.7) so as to properly collect light rays inclined at 45° with respect to the normal direction.
  • the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side is In order to properly converge the light rays inclined by 50° with respect to the normal direction of the region R, the angle may be equal to sin50° (0.8) or less.
  • the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side may be determined based on a predetermined margin.
  • the upper limit of the numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the condensing optical system 2 may be 0.9.
  • the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side may be determined according to the upper and lower limits of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected. That is, the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side may be determined based on the apex angle A of the convex portion C (riblet structure) to be inspected.
  • the lower limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected may be 40° or 30°.
  • the numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the condensing optical system 2 may be equivalent to sin 40° (0.6) or more.
  • the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side must be equivalent to sin30° (0.5) or more. good too.
  • the upper limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected may be 55° or 65°.
  • the numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the condensing optical system 2 may be equal to sin 55° (0.8) or less.
  • the numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the condensing optical system 2 is equivalent to sin 65° (0.9) or less. good too.
  • be the angle between the optical system 2 and the optical axis AX.
  • is the maximum angle formed by the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 and the light received by the light receiving element 3 among the rays incident on the optical member arranged closest to the object surface OS in the condensing optical system 2 .
  • is the light beam received by the light receiving element 3 among the light beams incident on the optical member arranged closest to the object surface OS in the light collecting optical system 2 and the light beam incident on the object surface OS from the light collecting optical system 2.
  • the light-condensing optical system 2 reflects light from the surface on the object surface OS side of the optical member arranged closest to the object surface OS in the light-condensing optical system 2. , and the reflected light can be appropriately focused on the light receiving element 3 with a simple optical system.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram for explaining optical members arranged closest to the object surface OS in the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the positive meniscus lens L1 included in the lens group 21 of the condensing optical system 2 corresponds to an optical member arranged closest to the object surface OS in the condensing optical system 2 .
  • r be the radius of curvature of the lens surface (hereinafter referred to as the first surface) of the positive meniscus lens L1 on the object surface OS side
  • ⁇ eff be the diameter of the effective range of the first surface.
  • FIG. 5 shows a cut surface of the positive meniscus lens L1 by a plane including the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2.
  • FIG. 5 Since the first surface is spherical, a point (x,y) on the first surface satisfies the following equation.
  • the coordinates of the point P eff at the upper end of the effective range of the first surface can be expressed as follows.
  • d be the distance on the optical axis of the condensing optical system 2 from the object surface OS to the first surface
  • ⁇ field be the diameter of the irradiation region IR.
  • the coordinates of the point P field at the upper end of the irradiation area IR can be expressed as follows.
  • corresponds to the slope of a straight line passing through the point P eff and the origin. ⁇ corresponds to the slope of a straight line passing through the point P eff and the point P field . Therefore, for the spherical first surface, the conditional expression ⁇ > ⁇ can be expressed as follows.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the projection relationship in the condensing optical system 2.
  • the horizontal axis ⁇ represents the angle formed by the light reflected by the irradiation region IR and the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2
  • the vertical axis y represents the light converged on the light receiving element 3 by the condensing optical system 2. It represents the radius of the circle circumscribing the range of light.
  • f represents the focal length of the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the condensing optical system 2 may satisfy the conditional expression y ⁇ f sin ⁇ .
  • the size of the light receiving element 3 can be said to be the size of the light receiving surface of the light receiving element 3 .
  • the size of the light receiving element 3 As the size of the light receiving surface of the light receiving element 3 becomes smaller, the size of the light receiving element 3 also becomes smaller.
  • the size of the light receiving element 3 can be said to be an area occupied by a plurality of pixels arranged on the light receiving element 3 .
  • the light splitting member 22 reflects at least part of the light emitted from the light source LS via the optical fiber toward the object surface OS.
  • the light from the light source LS reflected by the light splitting member 22 is converted into parallel light along the optical axis AX by the lens group 21, and the irradiation region IR of the object surface OS is irradiated with the parallel light.
  • an optical thin film TF is provided.
  • the optical thin film TF is provided on the optical path of the first reflected light RL ⁇ b>1 in the light splitting member 22 and outside the optical path of the second reflected light RL ⁇ b>2 in the light splitting member 22 .
  • the optical thin film TF is provided in a region of the light splitting member 22 that includes the optical axis AX in a plane intersecting the optical axis AX.
  • the optical thin film TF of the light splitting member 22 reflects the other part of the first reflected light RL1 in a direction different from that of the light receiving element 3.
  • the optical thin film TF is arranged in a direction inclined by 45° with respect to the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2, and the other part of the first reflected light RL1 is incident on the optical thin film TF from the light source LS. Reflect in the opposite direction. That is, the first reflected light RL ⁇ b>1 does not enter the light receiving element 3 .
  • the optical thin film TF reflects the other portion of the first reflected light RL1 toward the exit end of the optical fiber from which the light from the light source LS is emitted.
  • the optical thin film TF transmits part of the first reflected light RL1.
  • Part of the first reflected light RL ⁇ b>1 that has passed through the optical thin film TF enters the light receiving element 3 .
  • the light amount of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving element 3 with the optical thin film TF can be made lower than the light amount of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving element 3 without the optical thin film TF.
  • the second reflected light RL2 enters the light receiving element 3 via the light splitting member 22 without entering the optical thin film TF. Therefore, the light splitting member 22 (optical thin film TF) described above can reduce the light amount difference between the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light receiving element 3 .
  • the first reflected light RL1 is reflected once by the irradiation region IR, whereas the second reflected light RL2 is reflected by the irradiation region IR multiple times (for example, twice). light, and the light amount of the first reflected light RL1 is greater than the light amount of the second reflected light RL2. If the light amount difference between the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 exceeds the dynamic range of the light receiving element 3, at least one of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 may not be detected.
  • the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 can be reliably detected.
  • the optical thin film TF may be a half mirror, or may be a reflecting film having a reflectance different from 50% for the first reflected light RL1.
  • the optical thin film TF may be a film that reflects or transmits light according to the polarization state of incident light.
  • it may be a film that reflects the s-polarized component of the incident light and transmits the p-polarized component.
  • optical thin film TF of the light splitting member 22 may be configured to transmit part of the first reflected light RL1 toward the light receiving element 3 and absorb the other part of the first reflected light RL1.
  • the optical thin film TF does not have to be provided in the entire optical path of the first reflected light RL1 in the light splitting member 22.
  • the optical thin film TF forms at least one optical path of the first reflected light RL1 in the light splitting member 22 so that at least part of the light flux of the first reflected light RL1 that has entered the light splitting member 22 is incident on the optical thin film TF. may be provided in the department.
  • optical thin film TF does not have to be provided outside the optical path of the second reflected light RL2 in the light splitting member 22.
  • the optical thin film TF is provided in a part of the optical path of the second reflected light RL2 in the light splitting member 22 so that a part of the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light splitting member 22 is incident on the optical thin film TF.
  • the light splitting member 22 may be configured such that the amount of light in the part of the first reflected light RL1 is smaller than the amount of light in the other part.
  • the optical thin film TF of the light splitting member 22 may be set to transmit 10% of the incident first reflected light RL1 and reflect 90%. Further, the light splitting member 22 may be set so that the incident light is not substantially reflected, scattered, or absorbed in the region where the second reflected light RL2 is mainly incident.
  • the light splitting member 22 transmits part of the first reflected light RL1 toward the light receiving element 3 in a region through which the first reflected light RL1 is transmitted.
  • the optical thin film TF for preventing light from entering the light receiving element 3 may not be provided.
  • the light splitting member 22 is configured such that the transmittance of the first reflected light RL1 of the light splitting member 22 on the optical path is lower than the transmittance of the second reflected light RL2 of the light splitting member 22 on the optical path.
  • the light splitting member 22 is made of a glass material whose transmittance of the first reflected light RL1 is lower than that of the second reflected light RL2.
  • the second reflected light RL2 in the light splitting member 22 is made of a glass material having a transmittance of the second reflected light RL2 equal to or higher than the transmittance of the first reflected light RL1.
  • the light receiving element 3 is, for example, a CMOS or the like having pixels arranged two-dimensionally.
  • the light-receiving element 3 is arranged on the surface where the light is collected so that the areas corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 can be identified as different areas in space.
  • the light-receiving element 3 receives light from the condensing optical system 2 that is irradiated onto the irradiation region IR, is reflected by the irradiation region IR, and is condensed by the condensing optical system 2 (for example, the first reflected light RL1 and at least one of the second reflected light) is output.
  • the data representing the result of light reception is, for example, data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2 (for example, at least one of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light). Note that the data representing the intensity distribution may be two-dimensional image data.
  • the light receiving element 3 can detect the intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 can also be said to be data based on reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected.
  • the light receiving element 3 may be an element such as a line sensor having pixels arranged one-dimensionally. Even in this case, data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2 can be output.
  • the light receiving element 3 may be arranged on a plane different from the plane conjugated to the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2 . Further, the light-receiving element 3 has a light-receiving surface 3a for receiving the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2, and the light-receiving surface 3a is located on a different plane from the surface conjugated to the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2. may be placed.
  • the surface conjugate with the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2 is the image plane of the condensing optical system 2 when the object surface OS is the object plane, or the image surface with respect to another optical system such as a relay optical system. equivalent to the Light entering the condensing optical system 2 from one point on the object surface OS is condensed to one point on the image plane of the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 overlap on the image plane of the condensing optical system 2 or on a plane conjugate with the image plane.
  • the light-receiving element 3 (the light-receiving surface 3a of the light-receiving element 3) is arranged on the image plane of the light collecting optical system 2 or on a plane conjugate with the image plane, the image plane of the light collecting optical system 2 or the plane conjugate with the image plane Since the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 are not separated in this case, they cannot be properly identified on the intensity distribution of the light detected by one light receiving element 3 .
  • the light-receiving element 3 (light-receiving surface 3a) is arranged on a surface different from the surface conjugated to the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2, so that one light-receiving element 3 receives the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL1.
  • the light RL2 can be distinguished and detected. Therefore, the optical device 1 includes a plurality of light receiving elements (for example, three light receiving elements) for individually detecting the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-2. Also, since an optical system for causing reflected light to enter each of the plurality of light receiving elements is not required, the riblet structure can be inspected with a small and inexpensive configuration (simple configuration).
  • the light receiving surface 3 a may be arranged closer to the exit pupil plane of the light collecting optical system 2 than the optical member arranged closest to the light receiving element 3 among the optical members constituting the light collecting optical system 2 .
  • the exit pupil of the condensing optical system 2 may be on the side opposite to the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the optical member arranged closest to the light receiving element 3 among the optical members constituting the condensing optical system 2 is the light splitting member 22 .
  • the light-receiving surface 3 a may be arranged at a position closer to the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 than the distance between the light splitting member 22 and the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the position at which the distance from the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 is shorter than the distance between the light splitting member 22 and the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 is closer to the exit pupil plane when viewed from the object surface OS side. It may be at a near position or at a position farther than the exit pupil plane.
  • the light-receiving surface 3a is located at a position different from a plane conjugated to the object surface OS with respect to the light-condensing optical system 2 (a position different from the image plane of the light-condensing optical system 2 or a plane conjugated with the image plane).
  • the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL1 are arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 or in the vicinity of the exit pupil plane.
  • the light RL2 can be properly discriminated.
  • the size of the area occupied by the light-receiving surface 3a that is incident on the light-receiving optical system 2 from one point on the object surface OS and reaches the light-receiving element 3 at the maximum numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the light-receiving optical system 2 is , may be larger than 0 times the size of the light receiving surface 3a.
  • the luminous flux incident on the light-receiving optical system 2 from one point on the object surface OS at the maximum numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the light-receiving optical system 2 and reaching the light receiving element 3 is on the light receiving surface 3a of the light receiving element 3. (It is not necessary to create a condensing point on the light receiving surface 3a).
  • the size of the region may be, for example, 0.1 times or more the size of the light receiving surface 3a.
  • the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 can be properly identified on the intensity distribution of light detected by one light receiving element 3.
  • the area of one point on the object surface OS is 0.
  • the size of the area occupied by the light beam entering the light collecting optical system 2 from one point on the object surface OS and reaching the light receiving element 3 on the light receiving surface 3a is 0 times the size of the light receiving surface 3a. It will be placed.
  • the size of the area is 0 times the size of the light receiving surface 3a, that is, when the light is focused on one point on the light receiving surface 3a, the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 overlap on the light receiving surface 3a.
  • the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 cannot be properly identified on the intensity distribution of light detected by one light receiving element 3 .
  • the size of the area may not be 0.1 times or more the size of the light receiving surface 3a, and may be, for example, 0.001 times or more, 0.01 times or more, 1 time or more, and 10 times or more. It can be either.
  • the light-receiving surface 3a may be arranged on a surface that has an optical Fourier transform relationship with the object surface OS by the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the surface that is optically Fourier transformed with respect to the object surface OS by the condensing optical system 2 may be referred to as the pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 .
  • it may be arranged in a pupil space defined by the pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 and the entrance-side optical surface adjacent to the pupil plane.
  • the diameter of the light flux supplied from the light source LS to the light splitting member 22 corresponds to the diameter of the aperture stop.
  • the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 is a position where the diameter of the light beam emitted from the light source LS is restricted (for example, the end face of the optical fiber connecting the light source LS and the light splitting member 22 on the light splitting member 22 side). It is a conjugate aspect with
  • the light receiving surface 3a is arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2, as an example.
  • the light-receiving surface 3a may be arranged on a plane that is conjugate with the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 with respect to the other optical system, such as a relay optical system.
  • the optical device 1 may include a plurality of light receiving elements for individually detecting the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-2, An optical system may be provided for making reflected light incident on each of the plurality of light receiving elements.
  • the light source LS may have an aperture stop on the surface from which the light beam is emitted, or on a surface conjugate with the surface from which the light beam emitted from the light source LS is emitted with respect to the light transmitting optical system on which the light emitted from the light source LS is incident.
  • an aperture stop it is possible to appropriately set the divergence angle of the light beam directed to the irradiation area IR irradiated with light by the light condensing optical system 2 .
  • the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side irradiation area IR side
  • the light-sending optical system may include a relay optical system.
  • the light-transmitting optical system may include a field stop.
  • the relay optical system may have a field stop. With the field stop, it is possible to appropriately set the range of the irradiation region IR onto which the light is irradiated by the condensing optical system 2 .
  • a light intensity measuring device for measuring the intensity of light emitted from the light source LS may be provided.
  • the light intensity measuring device may be arranged on an optical path divided by a beam splitter such as a half mirror arranged on the optical path of light emitted from the light source LS and applied to the irradiation region IR.
  • a light intensity measuring device may measure the intensity of the light split by this beam splitter. Note that the output of the light source LS may be adjusted based on the intensity of the light emitted from the light source LS measured by the light intensity measuring device.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing the first received light data (an example of an image indicated by the first received light data).
  • the amount of light corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 is represented in the central region around the optical axis AX of the light collecting optical system 2, and the second reflected light RL2
  • the amount of light corresponding to is represented in areas other than the central area.
  • FIG. 7 shows a virtual line HL1 corresponding to a direction perpendicular to the first direction D1 in which the convex portions C are arranged on the object surface OS.
  • the pair of second reflected light beams RL2-1 and RL2-2 included in the second reflected light beam RL2 are aligned along the virtual line HL. , are symmetrical with respect to the position corresponding to the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the first reflected light RL1 is represented at a position along the imaginary line HL1.
  • the light reception data representing the result of light reception may be data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed on the light receiving surface 3a by the condensing optical system 2.
  • the data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed on the light receiving surface 3a by the condensing optical system 2 is not limited to a two-dimensional image such as the first received light data RD1 shown in FIG.
  • the data may be data representing the intensity distribution of the amount of light.
  • either one of the second reflected light RL2-1 and RL2-2 of the second reflected light RL2 may not be represented in the light reception data representing the result of light reception.
  • the light receiving element 3 detects at least one of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the second reflected light RL2-2 of the second reflected light RL2 condensed on the light receiving surface 3a by the condensing optical system 2.
  • the housing 4 is a housing that accommodates the condensing optical system 2 and the light receiving element 3, and is made of a plastic material such as polypropylene or ABS resin.
  • the housing 4 may be made of a metal material such as an aluminum alloy.
  • the housing 4 has a contact member 4a.
  • the contact member 4a protrudes closer to the object surface OS than the positive meniscus lens L1, which is arranged closest to the object surface OS among the optical members constituting the condensing optical system 2, and can come into contact with the object surface OS.
  • the contact member 4a can contact at least a partial area of the object surface OS excluding the irradiation area IR.
  • the contact member 4a and the condensing optical system 2 are arranged in the direction of the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 between the condensing optical system 2 and the object surface OS when the contact member 4a contacts the object surface OS. is the working distance WD of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side.
  • the distance between the optical condensing system 2 and the object surface OS is reduced by bringing the contact member 4a into contact with the object surface OS. is the working distance WD of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side, the object surface OS can be easily inspected.
  • the contact member 4a has a support member 4b.
  • the support member 4b may support the positive meniscus lens L1 of the condensing optical system 2.
  • FIG. The support member 4b may support the positive meniscus lens L1 so that the position of the positive meniscus lens L1 with respect to the housing 4 does not change.
  • the support member 4b is such that when the contact member 4a abuts on the object surface OS, the distance between the light collecting optical system 2 and the object surface OS in the direction of the optical axis AX of the light collecting optical system 2 is equal to that of the light collecting optical system 2.
  • the positive meniscus lens L1 arranged closest to the object surface OS may be supported so that the working distance WD on the object surface OS side is .
  • the support member 4b also includes other optical members of the condensing optical system 2 (at least one of the positive lens L2, the positive meniscus lens L3, and the light splitting member 22) and the light receiving element 3. You may support at least one.
  • the contact member 4a may be made of a material having a lower hardness than the material forming the convex portions C of the object surface OS in order to prevent deformation of the object surface OS due to contact with the object surface OS.
  • the contact member 4 a may be formed integrally with the housing 4 . Further, the contact member 4a does not have to directly support the optical members and the light receiving element 3 included in the condensing optical system 2, and other members may support them.
  • optical device 1 does not have to be brought into contact with the object surface OS. Further, the housing 4 may not have the contact member 4a.
  • the computer 5 is an information processing device that acquires light reception data from the light receiving element 3 and inspects the object surface OS.
  • the computer 5 is communicably connected to the optical device 1 according to existing communication standards such as USB (Universal Serial Bus, registered trademark) or Bluetooth (registered trademark).
  • USB Universal Serial Bus, registered trademark
  • Bluetooth registered trademark
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic configuration of the computer 5.
  • the computer 5 has an input/output interface 51, a memory 52, and a processor 53.
  • the input/output interface 51 is an example of a communication section, and has an interface circuit for receiving data to be processed by the computer 5 or for outputting data processed by the computer 5 .
  • the input/output interface 51 includes, for example, a peripheral device interface circuit for connecting the computer 5 to various peripheral devices such as the optical device 1, a keyboard, and a display, or a communication interface circuit for connecting the computer 5 to a communication network.
  • the memory 52 is an example of a storage unit, and has a volatile semiconductor memory and a nonvolatile semiconductor memory.
  • the memory 52 stores various data used for processing by the processor 53, such as light receiving data obtained from the light receiving element 3, reference data for inspecting the riblet structure, threshold values, and the like.
  • the memory 52 also stores various application programs such as an inspection program for executing inspection processing.
  • the reference data for inspecting the riblet structure can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the riblet structure.
  • the processor 53 is an example of a control unit and has one or more processors and their peripheral circuits.
  • Processor 53 may further comprise other arithmetic circuitry such as a logic arithmetic unit, a math unit, or a graphics processing unit.
  • FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram of the processor 53 that the computer 5 has.
  • the processor 53 of the computer 5 has a calculation unit 531, a detection unit 532, and a measurement unit 533 as functional blocks. Each of these units of processor 53 is a functional module implemented by a program executed on processor 53 .
  • a computer program that implements the function of each unit of the processor 53 may be provided in a form recorded in a computer-readable portable recording medium such as a semiconductor memory, magnetic recording medium, or optical recording medium.
  • a computer-readable portable recording medium such as a semiconductor memory, magnetic recording medium, or optical recording medium.
  • each of these units of processor 53 may be implemented in computer 5 as separate integrated circuits, microprocessors, or firmware.
  • the computation unit 531 executes computation including inspection of the riblet structure on the object surface OS based on the received light data RD acquired from the light receiving element 3 .
  • the object surface OS is an example of an inspected surface to be inspected in the computation by the computing unit 531 .
  • the received light data RD acquired from the light receiving element 3 may be, as described above, data representing the intensity distribution of light condensed on the light receiving surface 3a by the condensing optical system 2, such as image data.
  • the calculation unit 531 can also be called an inspection unit because it inspects the riblet structure.
  • the computing unit 531 inspects at least one of the convex portion C, the region R, the convex portion C, and the region R in the inspection of the object surface OS.
  • the calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the convex portion C as an inspection of the riblet structure based on the data representing the intensity distribution.
  • the calculation unit 531 may inspect the riblet structure based on the comparison result between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving surface 3a and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a. For example, the calculation unit 531 determines the riblet structure as an inspection of the riblet structure based on the comparison result between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving surface 3a and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a. You may judge the quality of the shape of. For example, the calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the convex portion C as the quality of the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the intensity of the reflected light incident on the light receiving surface 3a corresponds to the brightness of the area corresponding to the reflected light in the data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element 3 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data).
  • the calculation unit 531 identifies the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) from the data representing the intensity distribution.
  • the computing unit 531 extracts pixels whose brightness values are equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, and clusters and groups the extracted pixels so that the intensity distribution data represents A region corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and a region corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 are specified on the image.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates statistical representative values such as the maximum value (peak), average value, mode value, and median value of the brightness of each specified region. Note that the representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 calculated by the calculation unit 531 represents the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving surface 3a. Also, the representative value of the luminance of the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 calculated by the calculation unit 531 represents the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 in the data representing the intensity distribution (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data). By comparing the values, the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 are compared.
  • the calculation unit 531 may calculate at least one of the statistical representative values described above. That is, the calculation unit 531 may calculate at least one of the maximum value (peak), average value, mode value, and median value of the brightness of each specified region. It should be noted that the calculation unit 531 is not limited to clustering, and uses other methods to obtain the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) and the second reflected light RL2 from the data representing the intensity distribution. may be identified.
  • the calculation unit 531 may use template matching to specify the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data.
  • the calculation unit 531 uses the reference data representing the intensity distribution as the reference of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 as a template, and combines the template with the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3. By comparing , the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data may be identified.
  • the computing unit 531 obtains the ratio between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2. Further, in comparing the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2, the calculation unit 531 may obtain the difference between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2. .
  • the reduction in fluid resistance due to the riblet structure may not be sufficient. Since the intensity of the second reflected light reflected in the reflection direction of the above-described second reflected light RL2 (that is, the second reflection direction and the third reflection direction) is reduced, the object surface where the top of the convex portion C is missing The intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected at OS is reduced compared to the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected at the non-truncated object surface OS.
  • the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS where the top of the convex portion C is missing is The brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS that is not exposed to the surface OS changes (eg, decreases) from the statistically representative value.
  • the object surface OS with the apex of the convex portion C missing is compared with the object surface OS without the apex of the convex portion C with a predetermined apex angle A (for example, 45° ) is reduced (inclined surface T1 and inclined surface T2). Therefore, the light amount of the second reflected light RL2 decreases due to the decrease in the amount of the light incident on the object surface OS that is reflected by the inclined surface of the convex portion C.
  • a predetermined apex angle A for example, 45°
  • the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS where the apex of the convex portion C is missing is compared with the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS where the apex is not missing. It can be said that the light is dispersed over a wider area of the light receiving surface 3a. Therefore, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS with the missing top is the second reflected light reflected by the object surface OS without the missing top. It can also be said that it changes from the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to RL2.
  • the light reflected in the region R is greater than when the top of the convex portion C is not missing.
  • the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 does not substantially change.
  • the ratio between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS where the top of the convex portion C is missing is the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the convex
  • the top of the shaped portion C changes from the ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS that is not missing.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates, for example, the value of the ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 to the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 calculated based on the received light data RD (that is, the intensity distribution data corresponding to the first reflected light RL1).
  • the poor rounding of the apex of the convex portion C may be a state in which the apex of the convex portion C is relatively largely missing (worn) due to friction with fluid or the like.
  • the roundness of the vertex of the convex portion C is poor because the convex portion C is deteriorated.
  • the roundness of the apex of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C can be said to be the curvature of the apex of the convex portion C, or the curvature radius of the apex of the convex portion C.
  • the above reference ratio value can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure (the convex portion of the object surface OS).
  • the ratio value of this reference is actually the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product.
  • this reference ratio is calculated by a simulation using a ray tracing method, etc., when it is assumed that the surface on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are formed is irradiated with light. It may be a ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 to the intensity of the reflected light RL1.
  • the calculation unit 531 may be determined to be defective. For example, when the calculated ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 to the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 is lower than the reference ratio, the calculation unit 531 determines that the apex of the convex portion C is rounded. It may be judged as defective.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram explaining the luminance ratio between the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 in the first received light data RD1.
  • the horizontal axis indicates the position on the virtual line HL1
  • the vertical axis indicates the luminance ratio when the peak luminance corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 is set to 1. show.
  • the peak corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 appears between the peak corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the peak corresponding to RL2-2 on the virtual line HL1.
  • the luminance ratio value at the peak corresponding to the pair of second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 appearing on the virtual line HL1 is 0.3.
  • the calculation unit 531 determines that the roundness of the vertices of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C of the object surface OS is good.
  • the target of quality determination by the computing unit 531 is not limited to the roundness of the apex of the convex portion C.
  • the calculation unit 531 performs the above-described processing to determine the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the height of the convex portion C as the shape of the riblet structure (the shape of the convex portion C). At least one of the symmetry and the interval P between the convex portions C in the second direction D2 may be determined.
  • calculation unit 531 may also use the intensity of the light emitted from the light source LS, which is output from the light intensity measuring device described above, to determine the quality of the riblet structure.
  • the calculation unit 531 does not have to use the second reflected light RL2-1 or the second reflected light RL2-2 of the second reflected light RL2 for the quality inspection of the riblet structure described above.
  • the computing unit 531 calculates the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1), or It is not necessary to calculate the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2).
  • the computing unit 531 calculates the ratio between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 (that is, the luminance of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the first reflected light RL1).
  • the ratio of the intensity of the light RL2-2 (that is, the statistical representative value of the luminance of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, corresponding to the first reflected light RL1, corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2,
  • the quality of the shape of the riblet structure is determined by calculating the ratio of the statistical representative values of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) and comparing it with the reference data for checking the quality of the riblet structure. (For example, whether or not the vertex of the convex portion C is rounded) may be determined.
  • the calculation unit 531 does not have to use the first reflected light RL1 for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure described above.
  • the computing unit 531 does not need to calculate the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the first reflected light RL1). good.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2), and calculates the intensity of the riblet structure.
  • the quality of the shape of the riblet structure may be determined by comparing with reference data for quality inspection.
  • the reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure is the object surface on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are actually formed when the convex portion C has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product. It may be the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected by irradiating the OS with light, or may be the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2 calculated by simulation.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 in the second reflected light RL2 (that is, the statistics of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1). typical representative value), or the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2),
  • the quality of the shape of the riblet structure may be determined by comparing with the reference data for testing the quality of the riblet structure.
  • the computing unit 531 compares the difference between the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 with a predetermined threshold to judge the quality of the shape of the riblet structure. You can judge.
  • the calculation unit 531 compares the difference between the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 with a predetermined threshold to determine the quality of the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the calculation unit 531 may determine that the shape of the riblet structure is defective when the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 is different from the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1.
  • the calculation unit 531 may determine that the shape of the riblet structure is defective when the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 is different from the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • the computing unit 531 determines that the shape of the riblet structure is defective when the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 is lower than the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1.
  • the calculation unit 531 may determine that the shape of the riblet structure is defective when the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 is lower than the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2- An inspection of the riblet structure may be performed based on the two incident positions and the spacing. For example, the calculation unit 531 calculates the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1, and the second reflected light.
  • the quality of the shape of the riblet structure as an inspection of the riblet structure may be determined based on the distance from the incident position of RL2-2. For example, the calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the convex portion C as the quality of the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the incident position of the reflected light on the light receiving surface 3a corresponds to the position of the area corresponding to the reflected light in the data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element 3 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data).
  • the calculation unit 531 identifies the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) from the data representing the intensity distribution.
  • the computing unit 531 extracts pixels whose brightness values are equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, and clusters and groups the extracted pixels.
  • the calculation unit 531 may use template matching to specify the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data.
  • the computing unit 531 calculates the position of the pixel having the maximum luminance and the region corresponding to the region corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the region corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 on the specified image represented by the intensity distribution data. At least one of the positions of the geometrical center of gravity of is calculated as a representative position of the reflected light.
  • the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 (representative position of the first reflected light RL1) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data calculated by the calculation unit 531 is the position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a. represents the incident position.
  • the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data calculated by the calculation unit 531 is the position of the second reflected light RL2 on the light receiving surface 3a. represents the incident position.
  • the computing unit 531 calculates the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 (representative position of the first reflected light RL1) and the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2- on the specified image represented by the intensity distribution data. 2 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2), the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 on the image represented by the intensity distribution. and the distance between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • the interval between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 on the image represented by the intensity distribution is the same as the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2. It represents the distance from the incident position of -1. Further, the interval between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution is the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2. It represents the distance from the incident position of -2.
  • the second reflected light RL2-1 is light reflected by the inclined surface T1 and the region R of the convex portion C
  • the second reflected light RL2-2 is reflected by the inclined surface T2 and the region R of the convex portion C. It is the light that is made.
  • the reflection direction of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the reflection direction of the second reflected light RL2-2 are not symmetrical. .
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the calculated interval between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2. If the difference between the ratio or difference between the interval and the reference ratio value or the reference difference value exceeds a predetermined threshold value, the symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C is judged to be bad. can do.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the calculated distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1, and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2. If the difference between the ratio or difference between the intervals and the reference ratio value or reference difference value does not exceed a predetermined threshold value, the symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C is considered to be good. can judge.
  • the above standard values can also be said to be standard data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure.
  • This reference value is used when the convex portion C has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product (for example, one inclined surface T1 and the other inclined surface T2 of the convex portion C are symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3).
  • the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the second reflected light RL2, which are actually reflected by irradiating the object surface OS on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are formed are shown. -1 to the distance between the position of incidence of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the position of incidence of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a, or It can be a difference.
  • this reference value is calculated by a simulation using a ray tracing method or the like, assuming that the surface on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are formed is irradiated with light.
  • the distance between the incident position of the light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a, and the second reflected light RL2- It may be a ratio or a difference between the two incident positions on the light receiving surface 3a.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the distance between the calculated incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the distance between the calculated incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • the symmetry of the convex portion C may be determined to be poor when the ratio value or the difference value between the distance from the incident position is different from the reference ratio value or the reference difference value.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the calculated distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1, and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2. It may be determined that the symmetry of the convex portion C is bad when the distance from the position is different.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, and the light receiving surface 3a of the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • the symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C may be determined based on the incident position of the beam.
  • the computing unit 531 calculates the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 (representative position of the first reflected light RL1), the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-1 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data.
  • the position corresponding to RL2-2 (the representative position of the second reflected light RL2) is calculated as the incident position of each reflected light.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the difference (interval) between the calculated incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the first reflected light RL1, and the calculated second reflected light RL2-1.
  • the quality of the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the quality of the symmetry of the convex portion C) may be determined based on the difference (interval) from the reference incident position of the light RL2-2.
  • the computing unit 531 calculates the difference between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the reference incident position of the first reflected light RL1, the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the second reflected light. At least one of the difference from the reference incident position of RL2-1 and the difference between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 exceeds a predetermined threshold.
  • the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the symmetry of the convex portion C) may be determined to be defective.
  • the above reference incident position can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure.
  • the above reference incident position is the case where the riblet structure has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product (for example, one inclined surface T1 and the other inclined surface T2 of the convex portion C are symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3).
  • the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light-receiving surface 3a and the second reflected light RL2- 2 may be a reference incident position to the light receiving surface 3a.
  • the above reference incident positions are the reference incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, and the reference incident position on the light receiving surface 3a. and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a.
  • the intensity distribution data is At least one of the position of the first reflected light RL1, the position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the position of the second reflected light RL2-2 in the represented image (in other words, intensity distribution) is the first reflected light
  • the riblet structure is inspected by determining whether or not at least one of the position of RL1, the position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the position of the second reflected light RL2-2 is included in the reference range. .
  • the object of quality determination by the computing unit 531 is not limited to the symmetry of the convex portion C.
  • the calculation unit 531 performs the above-described processing to determine the roundness of the convex portion C, the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height of the convex portion C, and the height of the convex portion C as the shape of the riblet structure (the shape of the convex portion C).
  • the quality of at least one of H and the interval P between the convex portions C in the second direction D2 may be determined.
  • the calculation unit 531 does not use the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a, but calculates the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a
  • the quality of the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the quality of the symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C of the riblet structure) may be determined based on the incident position on the surface 3a.
  • the computing unit 531 calculates positions corresponding to the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 (representative positions of the second reflected light RL2) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data. It is calculated as the incident position of the reflected light.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the difference (interval) between the calculated incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the calculated second reflected light RL2-1.
  • the quality of the shape of the riblet structure for example, the convex portion C
  • symmetry may be determined.
  • the computing unit 531 calculates the difference between the calculated incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the calculated second reflected light RL2- 2 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 exceeds a predetermined threshold value, it may be determined that the shape of the riblet structure is defective. .
  • the above reference incident position can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure.
  • the above reference incident position is the second reflected light RL2-1 that is actually reflected by irradiating the object surface OS on which the riblet structure of a non-defective product is formed.
  • the reference incident position on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position on the light receiving surface 3a of the second reflected light RL2-2 may be used.
  • the reference incident position is the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a, which are calculated by simulation. may be
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the value of the difference between the calculated incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the calculated second reflected light If the value of the difference between the incident position of RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 is different, the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the symmetry of the convex portion C ) may be determined to be defective.
  • the symmetry of the convex portion C can be said to be the symmetry of one inclined surface T1 and the other inclined surface T2 of the pair of inclined surfaces with respect to the third direction D3.
  • the calculation unit 531 determines that the symmetry is poor, the inclined surface T1 and the inclined surface T2 are in an asymmetrical (broken symmetry) state with respect to the third direction D3. It can be said.
  • the symmetry of the convex portion C can also be said to be the relationship between the angle formed by the region R and the inclined surface T1 on one side and the angle formed by the region R by the inclined surface T2 on the other side. If these angles are different, it can be said that the inclined surface T1 and the inclined surface T2 are in an asymmetrical (loose symmetry) state with respect to the third direction D3.
  • the second reflection is reflected by one inclined surface T1.
  • the direction of the light RL2-1 and the direction of the second reflected light RL2-2 reflected by the other inclined surface T2 represent the inclination of the plane in which the region R is included with respect to the normal direction.
  • the distance between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the positions corresponding to the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 correspond to the directions of the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2, respectively.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates one of the pair of tilted surfaces and the other tilted surface. may be determined for symmetry with the inclined plane of . For example, the computing unit 531 calculates the distance between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1, the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2-2. If the ratio or difference between the distance from the position corresponding to and exceeds a predetermined threshold value, it may be determined that the symmetry of the inclined surface in the convex portion C corresponding to the received light data is defective.
  • calculation unit 531 inspects the riblet structure (for example, , the quality of the symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C may be determined).
  • the computing unit 531 calculates positions corresponding to the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 (representative positions of the second reflected light RL2) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, respectively. is calculated as the incident position of the reflected light.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the difference (interval) between the calculated incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the calculated second reflected light RL2-1.
  • the riblet structure may be inspected based on the difference (interval) between the incident position of the light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • the computing unit 531 calculates the difference between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the second reflected light RL2-2. If at least one of the differences from the reference incident position of the light RL2-2 exceeds a predetermined threshold value, it may be determined that the shape of the riblet structure is defective.
  • the above reference incident position can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure.
  • the above reference incident position is the second reflected light RL2-1 that is actually reflected by irradiating the object surface OS on which the non-defective riblet structure is formed. and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a.
  • the above reference incident position is the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a, which are calculated by simulation. It may be the incident position.
  • the difference between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the reference of the second reflected light RL2-2 By comparing each difference from the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 with a predetermined threshold value, the position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the second reflected light RL2-1 in the image represented by the intensity distribution data (in other words, the intensity distribution) It can also be said that the riblet structure is inspected by determining whether the position of RL2-2 is included in the reference range of the position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the position of the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • the region R may be scraped due to friction with the fluid on the object surface OS, or chipped due to collision with foreign matter.
  • the calculation unit 531 may inspect the quality of the shape of the region R as the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the quality of the shape of the region R may be inspected.
  • the calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the region R by comparing the data representing the intensity distribution with the data representing the reference intensity distribution.
  • the data representing the reference intensity distribution can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure.
  • the above reference intensity distribution is obtained by actually irradiating the object surface OS on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are formed, and reflecting the reflected light. It may be the intensity distribution data of the reference by.
  • the reference intensity distribution data may be calculated by simulation such as a ray tracing method.
  • the calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the region R using any of the processes described above for determining the quality of the shape of the riblet structure (the quality of the shape of the convex portion C). Note that the calculation unit 531 determines the quality of the shape of the convex portion C and the shape of the region R by using any of the processes described above for determining the quality of the shape of the riblet structure (the quality of the shape of the convex portion C). You may judge the quality of
  • the region R may be clogged with foreign matter.
  • the shape of the region R may include a shape changed due to clogging with foreign matter.
  • the calculation unit 531 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (data based on the reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected) with at least one of the non-defective product standard data and the defective product standard data. , the quality of the riblet structure may be inspected. The calculation unit 531 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 with at least one of the non-defective product reference data and the defective product reference data, thereby obtaining the object surface OS as an inspection of the quality of the riblet structure. The quality of the shape of the convex portion C may be determined.
  • the non-defective item reference data is the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the riblet structure (the convex portion C and the region R) determined to be a non-defective item (the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the (at least one light of the second reflected light RL2-2).
  • the defective product reference data is the reflected light (first reflected light RL1, second reflected light RL2-1 , and at least one of the second reflected light RL2-2).
  • At least one of the at least one non-defective product reference data and at least one defective product reference data can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure.
  • At least one of the at least one non-defective item criteria data and the at least one defective item criteria data may be stored in the memory 52 in advance.
  • the non-defective item reference data includes data representing the intensity distribution of light reflected by irradiating light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C determined to be non-defective because of the rounded apex of the convex portion C. You can stay.
  • the non-defective item reference data is applied to the object surface OS having the convex portion C determined to be non-defective due to the symmetry of the shape of the convex portion C (symmetry of the inclined surface T1 and the inclined surface T2 with respect to the third direction D3).
  • the non-defective item reference data includes data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C for which the apex angle A as the shape of the convex portion C is determined to be non-defective. You can stay.
  • the non-defective item reference data includes data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C determined as the non-defective product with the height H as the shape of the convex portion C. You can stay.
  • the non-defective item reference data is the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C for which the interval P in the second direction D2 as the shape of the convex portion C is determined to be non-defective. It may contain representative data.
  • the calculation unit 531 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light-receiving element 3 with the non-defective product reference data described above to determine the shape of the convex portion C such that the vertices of the convex portion C are rounded or convex. At least one of the symmetry of the portion C, the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 may be determined.
  • the shape of the convex portion C may be judged to be defective.
  • the defective product standard data includes, as the shape of the convex portion C, roundness of the apex of the convex portion C, symmetry of the convex portion C, apex angle A of the convex portion C, convexity Intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C for which the height H of the convex portion C and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 are determined to be defective respectively.
  • the calculation unit 531 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 with the above-described defective product reference data to determine the roundness of the apex of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C, At least one of the symmetry of the convex portion C, the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 may be determined. .
  • the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 and the above-described defective product reference data are the same (that is, the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 and the defective product reference data are If the intensity distribution shown is the same), it may be determined that the shape of the convex portion C is defective.
  • the calculation unit 531 calculates the position of the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 in the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data). , and create a luminance profile that represents the luminance of pixels along the virtual line HL1. Then, the calculation unit 531 compares the brightness profile created using the received light data with the brightness profile similarly created from the non-defective product reference data and/or the brightness profile similarly created from the defective product reference data. , the quality of the shape of the convex portion C may be determined.
  • the non-defective product reference data and the defective product reference data are data representing the intensity distribution output when the optical device 1 of the present embodiment actually irradiates the object surface OS having the riblet structure whose shape is judged in advance with light.
  • the non-defective product reference data and the defective product reference data may be data calculated using a simulation using a ray tracing method or the like, for example.
  • the non-defective product reference data and the defective product reference data represent the intensity distribution of the reflected light that is collected when it is assumed that the object surface OS having the riblet structure whose shape has been determined in advance is irradiated with light. It may be simulation data that represents.
  • the calculation unit 531 supplies data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (data from the riblet structure to be inspected) to a discriminator that is pre-learned to determine the quality of the shape of the riblet structure represented by the input data. Data based on reflected light) may be input to determine whether the shape of the riblet structure on the object surface OS is good or bad.
  • the discriminator can be, for example, a convolutional neural network (hereinafter referred to as "CNN") having multiple convolutional layers connected in series from the input side to the output side.
  • CNN convolutional neural network
  • a large number of non-defective product reference data and a large number of defective product reference data are used as teacher data and input to the CNN for pre-learning, so that the CNN operates as a discriminator that determines the quality of the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the discriminator receives data representing the intensity distribution output from the light-receiving element 3 (data based on reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected) to determine the shape of the convex portion C symmetry of the convex portion C, the vertex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2. It may be learned in advance so as to output the determination result.
  • the calculation unit 531 inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 to the discriminator, and calculates the roundness of the apex of the convex portion C and the symmetry of the convex portion C, which are output from the discriminator. , the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2. It can be said that the calculation unit 531 determines whether the shape of the convex portion C is good or bad by acquiring the above-described good/bad judgment result.
  • the discriminator is learned to determine the quality of the shape of the region R by inputting data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (data based on reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected).
  • the calculation unit 531 inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (data based on the reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected) to the above-described discriminator, so that the region R is output from the discriminator. You may acquire the quality determination result of the shape of .
  • the detection unit 532 Based on the distance between the position of the first reflected light RL1 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) and the reference position RP in the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3, the detection unit 532 detects the concentration with respect to the object surface OS. A relative inclination of the optical axis AX of the optical optical system 2 may be detected.
  • the reference position RP is incident parallel to the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2, and is aligned with the normal direction of the object surface OS (for example, the normal direction of the region R) and the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2. are parallel, the position on the light-receiving surface 3a where the light reflected once by the object surface OS (for example, by the region R) is collected by the collecting optical system 2.
  • the condensing optical system 2 is installed on the reference plane so that the optical axis AX is perpendicular to the reference plane.
  • the reference position RP can be a position on the light-receiving surface 3 a at which light irradiated perpendicularly to the reference surface is condensed by the condensing optical system 2 .
  • the reference position RP can be set using a collimator.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram showing the second received light data.
  • the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected lights RL2-1, and RL2-2 are positioned along the virtual line HL2.
  • the virtual line HL2 is separated from the reference position RP by the interval G1. That is, the first reflected light RL1 appears at a position spaced apart from the reference position RP by the interval G1.
  • the pair of second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 are represented at positions separated from each other by a gap G2.
  • the detection unit 532 detects that the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 is larger with respect to the object surface OS as the distance G1 between the position of the first reflected light RL1 and the reference position RP on the image represented by the intensity distribution data is larger. Tilting may also be detected.
  • the detection unit 532 detects the distance G1 between the position of the first reflected light RL1 and the reference position RP on the image represented by the intensity distribution data. A slope may be calculated.
  • the detection unit 532 detects the tilt direction of the optical axis AX of the light collecting optical system 2 with respect to the object surface OS according to the position of the first reflected light RL1 with respect to the reference position RP on the image represented by the intensity distribution data.
  • the detection unit 532 may detect that the optical axis of the condensing optical system 2 is tilted along the first direction D1 with respect to the object surface OS. That is, the detection unit 532 may detect the direction in which the optical axis of the condensing optical system 2 is tilted with respect to the object surface OS.
  • the above-described processing of the detection unit 532 may be executed by the calculation unit 531.
  • the optical device 1 may not include the detection section 532 .
  • the measurement unit 533 measures a surface to be measured having a riblet structure.
  • the object surface OS is an example of a surface to be measured by the measuring unit 533 .
  • the measurement unit 533 outputs a value regarding the shape of the riblet structure that the object surface OS has, based on the received light data corresponding to the object surface OS.
  • the received light data corresponding to the object surface OS is reflected by the irradiation area IR by irradiating the irradiation area IR of the object surface OS with the light from the condensing optical system 2, and is condensed by the condensing optical system 2.
  • is data representing the result of receiving light for example, at least one of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light.
  • the data representing the result of light reception can also be said to be data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2 (for example, at least one of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light).
  • the data representing the intensity distribution may be two-dimensional image data.
  • the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 can also be said to be data based on reflected light from the riblet structure to be measured.
  • the light receiving element 3 may be an element such as a line sensor having one-dimensionally arranged pixels, and the data representing the intensity distribution may be one-dimensional image data.
  • the measurement unit 533 measures the riblet structure based on the intensity distribution data output from the light receiving element 3.
  • the measurement unit 533 may calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure as the measurement of the riblet structure based on the intensity distribution data output from the light receiving element 3 .
  • the measurement unit 533 measures the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, the radius of curvature at the vertex of the convex portion C, the vertex of the convex portion C, and A value representing at least one of the curvature of and the spacing P of the convex portions in the second direction may be calculated.
  • the measurement unit 533 calculates the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a of the light receiving element 3, and based on the calculated distance, A value for the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated.
  • the measuring unit 533 calculates the convex portion as a value related to the shape of the riblet structure based on the calculated distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • a value representing the apex angle A of C may be calculated.
  • the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 that is reflected by the irradiation region IR by the light irradiation and is incident on the light receiving surface 3a and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 is the apex angle of the convex portion C It increases as A increases. Therefore, the apex angle A of the convex portion C can be calculated based on the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a. .
  • the measurement unit 533 corresponds to the second reflected light RL2-1 in the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data).
  • a region corresponding to the region and the second reflected light RL2-2 is specified.
  • the measurement unit 533 extracts pixels whose luminance values are equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, and clusters and groups the extracted pixels so that the intensity distribution data represents A region corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and a region corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 may be specified on the image.
  • the measurement unit 533 may use template matching to identify the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data. good.
  • the measurement unit 533 measures the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the specified intensity distribution data. At least one of the position of the pixel having the maximum luminance and the position of the geometrical center of gravity of the area is calculated as the representative position of the reflected light. Note that the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2-1) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data calculated by the measurement unit 533 corresponds to the second position on the light receiving surface 3a. It represents the incident position of the reflected light RL2-1.
  • the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2-2) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data calculated by the measurement unit 533 is the second position on the light receiving surface 3a. It represents the incident position of the reflected light RL2-2.
  • the measuring unit 533 determines the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 (second reflected light RL2-1 representative position) and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2-2), on the image represented by the intensity distribution, corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 is calculated.
  • the distance between the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution is the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a. and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • the interval between the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution is represented by the interval G2 in FIG. 11, for example. interval.
  • relational data between the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a and the apex angle A of the convex portion C is obtained in advance. You can leave it.
  • the relationship data between the interval of the second reflected light RL2 and the apex angle A of the convex portion C may be function data or table data such as a lookup table.
  • the relationship data between the interval of the second reflected light RL2 and the apex angle A of the convex portion C can be said to be reference data for measuring the riblet structure.
  • Reference data for measuring the riblet structure may be stored in memory 52 .
  • the reference data for measuring the riblet structure can also be said to be reference data for measuring the riblet structure.
  • the measurement unit 533 combines the calculated distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the reference data for measuring the riblet structure into the reference data for measuring the riblet structure.
  • a value representing the apex angle A of the convex portion C may be calculated as a value relating to the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the measurement unit 533 refers to the reference data for measuring the riblet structure, and determines the height of the convex portion C corresponding to the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • a value representing the apex angle A may be calculated.
  • the target to be measured by the measuring unit 533 is not limited to the apex angle A of the convex portion C.
  • the measurement unit 533 obtains the height H of the convex portion C, the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, the curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, and the second At least one value of the interval P between the convex portions C in the direction D2 may be calculated.
  • the measurement unit 533 may also measure the riblet structure using the intensity of the light emitted from the light source LS, which is output from the light intensity measuring device described above.
  • the measurement unit 533 is not limited to the distance between the second reflected light RL2-1 and the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a, and the distance between the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-1
  • a value related to the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated based on the distance between the incident position of the two reflected lights 2-2 on one light receiving surface 3a and the incident position on the other light receiving surface 3a.
  • the reference data for measuring the riblet structure (the light receiving surface of one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2) Data relating to the distance between the position of incidence on 3a and the position of incidence on the other light-receiving surface 3a and the shape of the riblet structure may be obtained in advance.
  • the measurement unit 533 measures the incident positions of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2 on one of the light receiving surfaces 3a and the other light receiving surface 3a.
  • a value for the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated based on the distance between the positions of incidence on the beam and reference data for measuring the riblet structure. It should be noted that the processing of the calculation unit 531 or the measurement unit 533 described above can be used for the processing related to the calculation of the interval between the incident positions of the reflected light.
  • the measurement unit 533 measures the shape of the riblet structure based on the incident position of at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a. may be calculated.
  • the reference data for measuring the riblet structure (at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2 is incident relationship data between the position and the shape of the riblet structure) may be obtained.
  • the measurement unit 533 determines the incident position of at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2, and the reference data for measuring the riblet structure.
  • a value for the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated based on . Note that the processing of the calculation unit 531 or the measurement unit 533 described above can be used for the processing related to the calculation of the incident position of the reflected light.
  • the measurement unit 533 measures the intensity of the riblet structure based on the intensity of at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2. A value for the shape may be calculated.
  • reference data for measuring the riblet structure (first reflected light RL1, first reflected light RL1, second reflected light RL2-1, and second reflected light 2-2 and relationship data between the intensity of at least one light and the shape of the riblet structure).
  • the measurement unit 533 measures the intensity of at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2, and the reference data for measuring the riblet structure.
  • a value for the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated based on . Note that the above-described processing of the calculation unit 531 can be used for the processing related to the calculation of the intensity of the reflected light.
  • the measurement unit 533 may calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 and a plurality of shape reference data.
  • the plurality of shape reference data are the light reflected by irradiation of light onto the object surface OS having a plurality of riblet structures each having a different shape (for example, the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-1). (at least one of the reflected light RL2-2).
  • a plurality of shape reference data are stored in the memory 52 in advance.
  • the measurement unit 533 determines, among the plurality of shape reference data, data (shape reference The intensity distribution represented by the data) may be specified, and the value of the shape corresponding to the specified data may be calculated.
  • the plurality of shape reference data can also be said to be reference data for measuring the riblet structure.
  • the plurality of shape reference data are the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, and the vertex of the convex portion C as the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the distance P between the convex portions C in the second direction D2, and the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having a plurality of riblet structures (for example, the first reflection It may be a plurality of data representing the intensity distribution of at least one of the light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-2.
  • the measurement unit 533 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 with a plurality of shape reference data to determine the apex angle A of the convex portion C and the shape of the convex portion C as the shape of the riblet structure. At least one of the height H, the radius of curvature of the apex of the convex portion C, the curvature of the apex of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 may be calculated.
  • the shape reference data described above represents the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the object surface OS and condensed by the condensing optical system 2 by actually irradiating the object surface OS having the riblet structure of a predetermined shape with light.
  • the shape reference data may be data calculated using a simulation using a ray tracing method or the like, for example.
  • the shape reference data may be simulation data representing the intensity distribution of reflected light that is condensed when it is assumed that an object surface OS having a riblet structure with a predetermined shape is irradiated with light.
  • a plurality of shape reference data may be created by obtaining data representing the intensity distribution when the shape of the riblet structure is changed through simulation.
  • the measurement unit 533 inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 to a discriminator that is pre-learned to output a value related to the shape of the riblet structure of the object surface OS represented by the input data.
  • a discriminator may be, for example, a CNN.
  • Shape reference data corresponding to various shapes of the riblet structure and values related to the shape of the riblet structure corresponding to each shape reference data are used as teacher data, and input to the CNN for pre-learning. It works as a discriminator that outputs a shape-related value.
  • the discriminator receives data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3, and obtains the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the convex shape as the shape of the riblet structure. It may be learned in advance so as to output a calculation result of at least one of the radius of curvature of the vertex of the portion C, the curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2. .
  • the measurement unit 533 inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 to the discriminator, and measures the apex angle A of the convex portion C and the height of the convex portion C, which are output from the discriminator. H, the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, the curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 are calculated. It can be said that the measurement unit 533 has calculated a value related to the shape of the riblet structure by obtaining the calculation result.
  • the processing related to the measurement of the riblet structure described above by the measurement unit 533 may be executed by the calculation unit 531 .
  • the measurement unit 533 may also function as the calculation unit 531 .
  • the calculation unit 531 may perform the processing related to the measurement of the riblet structure described above.
  • the computing unit 531 may perform the above-described processing regarding riblet structure measurement in addition to the above-described processing regarding riblet structure inspection.
  • the computing unit 531 may calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure as a process related to the above-described measurement of the riblet structure in addition to the above-described process related to the inspection of the riblet structure.
  • calculation unit 531 may calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure as the inspection result of the riblet structure. Note that the calculation unit 531 may perform the above-described processing of detecting the inclination of the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 with respect to the object surface OS by the detection unit 532 .
  • the processing related to inspection of the riblet structure described above by the calculation unit 531 may be executed by the measurement unit 533 .
  • the measurement unit 533 may perform the above-described processing related to detection of the inclination of the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 with respect to the object surface OS by the detection unit 532 .
  • FIG. 12 is a flow chart of the riblet structure inspection process.
  • the optical device 1 performs inspection processing of the object surface OS on which the riblet structure is formed according to the following flowchart.
  • the optical device 1 irradiates a surface to be inspected (object surface OS) having a riblet structure with light from the condensing optical system 2 (step S11).
  • the optical device 1 collects the first reflected light RL1 reflected once by the region R where the convex portion C is not provided in the irradiation region IR and the inclined surface of the convex portion C by the light collecting optical system 2.
  • the second reflected light RL2 that has been reflected at least once by T and the region R is condensed (step S12).
  • the optical device 1 receives the condensed light with the light-receiving element 3 arranged on a surface different from the surface conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system 2 (step S13).
  • the computer 5 communicably connected to the optical device 1 inspects the riblet structure (surface to be inspected) based on the light reception result (data representing the intensity distribution) (step S14), and ends the inspection process. For example, as described above, the computer 5 (calculation unit 531) determines whether the shape of the riblet structure is good or bad.
  • the optical device 1 can easily inspect the riblet structure.
  • the processor 53 included in the computer 5 communicably connected to the optical device 1 may not have some of the functional blocks of the computing section 531, the detecting section 532, and the measuring section 533.
  • the optical device 1 can operate as a device for measuring the riblet structure formed on the surface of the object.
  • the optical device 1 can operate as a device for inspecting the riblet structure formed on the surface of the object.
  • FIG. 13 is a flow chart of the riblet structure measurement process.
  • the optical device 1 performs measurement processing of the riblet structure formed on the object surface OS according to the following flowchart.
  • steps S21-S23 are the same as steps S11-S13 of the riblet structure inspection process, so description thereof will be omitted.
  • the computer 5 communicably connected to the optical device 1 measures the riblet structure based on the result of light reception (data representing the intensity distribution) (step S24), and ends the measurement process. For example, as described above, computer 5 (measuring unit 533) calculates values for the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the optical device 1 can easily measure the riblet structure.
  • the optical device 1 described above may be attached to a movable body.
  • Movable bodies include, for example, robots such as vertical articulated robots, gimbals, manned/unmanned aircraft, and manned/unmanned vehicles.
  • the movable body on which the optical device 1 is mounted positions the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS, the above-described inspection of the riblet structure, the measurement of the riblet structure, and the optical device 1 (focusing) on the object surface OS. At least one detection of the tilt of the optical system 2) may be performed.
  • the contact member 4a of the optical device 1 is brought into contact (positioned) with the object surface OS by a movable body, and the above-described riblet structure inspection, the riblet structure measurement, and the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS are performed.
  • the contact member 4a of the optical device 1 does not have to contact the object surface OS.
  • the optical device 1 is positioned so that the contact member 4a is located away from the object surface OS with a movable body, and the above-described inspection of the riblet structure, measurement of the riblet structure, and measurement of the object surface OS are performed. At least one of detecting the tilt of the optical device 1 may be performed. In this case, the optical device 1 may not include the contact member 4a.
  • At least one of the inspection of the riblet structure, the measurement of the riblet structure, and the detection of the inclination of the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS is performed by the optical device 1 while the optical device 1 is moved on the object surface OS by the movable body. You can run one.
  • the optical device 1 described above does not have to be attached to the movable body.
  • an operator may position a hand-held optical device 1 (e.g., housing 4) relative to the object surface OS and use the optical device 1 to inspect the riblet structure, measure the riblet structure, and measure the object surface OS as described above.
  • At least one detection of the tilt of the optical device 1 (condensing optical system 2) with respect to may be performed.
  • the operator brings the abutting member 4a of the optical device 1 held by hand into contact with the object surface OS to perform the above-described inspection of the riblet structure, measurement of the riblet structure, and inclination of the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS. at least one of the detection of
  • the contact member 4a of the optical device 1 does not have to contact the object surface OS.
  • the operator positions the optical device 1 held by hand so that the abutment member 4a is located away from the object surface OS, and uses the optical device 1 to inspect the riblet structure described above. and/or detecting the tilt of the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS.
  • the optical device 1 may not include the contact member 4a.
  • the operator While moving the optical device 1 held by hand over the object surface OS, the operator uses the optical device 1 to inspect the riblet structure, measure the riblet structure, and measure the inclination of the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS. At least one of detection may be performed.
  • At least one of inspection and measurement of the riblet structure may be performed using the optical device 1 described above and another optical device.
  • the optical device 1 and a white interference microscope as another optical device may be used to inspect and measure the riblet structure.
  • the optical device 1 inspects the riblet structure as described above (for example, symmetry of the convex portion C) and measurement of the riblet structure (for example, calculation of the apex angle A of the convex portion C).
  • the white light interference microscope inspects the riblet structure (for example, determines the quality of the interval P between the convex portions C), and At least one of the measurement of the riblet structure (for example, the calculation of the height H of the convex portion C) may be performed.
  • the other optical device is not limited to a white interference microscope, and may be a confocal microscope or other existing device capable of at least one of inspection and measurement of objects.
  • the optical device 1 inspects and/or measures the riblet structure formed on the surface of the workpiece.
  • the optical device 1 may inspect and/or measure any structure having any shape formed on the surface of the workpiece.
  • An example of an arbitrary structure is a structure that generates a vortex in the fluid flow on the work surface.
  • Another example of the arbitrary structure is a structure for imparting hydrophobicity to the work surface.
  • Another example of the arbitrary structure is a regularly or irregularly formed micro/nanometer-order fine texture structure (typically, an uneven structure including a mountain structure and a groove structure).
  • the fine texture structure may include at least one of a shark-skin structure and a dimple structure that have the function of reducing fluid (gas and/or liquid) resistance.
  • the microtextured structure may comprise a lotus leaf surface structure having at least one of a liquid-repellent function and a self-cleaning function (eg, having a lotus effect).
  • the fine texture structure includes a fine projection structure having a liquid transport function (see US Patent Publication No. 2017/0044002), a concave-convex structure having a lyophilic function, a concave-convex structure having an antifouling function, a reflectance reducing function and a repellent structure.
  • the convex structures forming the concave-convex structure may have the same structure as the convex portions forming the riblet structure described above.
  • the groove structure forming the uneven structure may have the same structure as the region R forming the riblet structure described above. Note that the fine textured structure does not have to have a specific function.
  • An optical device for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction, a condensing optical system for irradiating an irradiation area on the surface to be inspected with light from a light source and condensing the light reflected by the irradiation area; a light-receiving element arranged on a surface different from a surface conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system and configured to receive the light condensed by the condensing optical system;
  • An optical device comprising
  • Appendix A2 The optical device according to appendix A1, wherein the light receiving element has a light receiving surface arranged on a plane different from the conjugate plane, and detects an intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system.
  • Appendix A3 The optical device according to appendix A2, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression. ⁇ > ⁇ however, ⁇ : the angle formed between the normal line at the end of the effective range of the lens surface closest to the surface to be inspected in the condensing optical system and the optical axis of the condensing optical system ⁇ : the condensing optical system The maximum angle formed by the light beam received by the light receiving element and the optical axis of the condensing optical system among the light beams incident on the lens arranged closest to the surface to be inspected in
  • Appendix A4 The optical device according to appendix A2 or A3, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression. y ⁇ f sin ⁇ however, y: the radius of a circle circumscribing the range of light condensed on the light receiving surface by the condensing optical system f: the focal length of the condensing optical system ⁇ : the light reflected by the irradiation area and the condensing optics angle with the optical axis of the system
  • Appendix A5 The optical device according to any one of Appendices A2 to A4, further comprising a computing unit that inspects the riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element.
  • Appendix A6 The optical device according to appendix A5, wherein the calculation unit inspects the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element with pre-stored reference data of the intensity distribution.
  • the light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
  • the computing unit includes a position of each of the first reflected light and the second reflected light in the intensity distribution included in a previously stored reference range of positions of the first reflected light and the second reflected light.
  • Optical apparatus according to Appendix A5 or A6 inspecting the riblet structure by determining whether the riblet structure is
  • Appendix A8 An inspection method for inspecting a riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the optical device according to any one of Appendices A2-A7.
  • Appendix A9 The inspection method according to Appendix A8, wherein the inspecting includes determining the quality of the shape of the convex portion as the inspection of the riblet structure based on the data representing the intensity distribution.
  • Appendix A10 The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light reflected twice by the portion not provided and the convex portion; The inspecting determines whether the shape of the convex portion is good or bad based on a comparison result between the intensity of the first reflected light incident on the light receiving surface and the intensity of the second reflected light incident on the light receiving surface.
  • the inspection method of Appendix A9 comprising determining.
  • Appendix A11 The inspection method according to Appendix A10, wherein the shape of the convex portion includes a rounded vertex of the convex portion.
  • the light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
  • the second reflected light includes second reflected light reflected in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction in which the first reflected light is reflected from the irradiation area, and second reflection light reflected from the irradiation area in the first reflection direction.
  • the inspecting includes the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light on the light receiving surface and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction, and the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light on the light receiving surface and the second Supplementary notes A9-A11, including determining the quality of the shape of the convex portion based on the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the third reflection direction.
  • the inspection method according to any one of the items.
  • the convex portion has a pair of inclined surfaces that are inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction and extend in the first direction;
  • the inspecting includes data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, at least one non-defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of light reflected by irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of a non-defective product, and The quality of the shape of the convex portion of the defective product is determined by comparing with at least one of at least one of the defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of the defective product.
  • the inspection method according to any one of Appendices A9-A13, comprising:
  • the inspecting includes inputting data representing the intensity distribution to a discriminator that has been pre-learned to determine the quality of the shape of the convex portion, thereby determining the quality of the shape of the convex portion.
  • the inspection method according to any one of Appendices A9-A14, comprising:
  • the inspecting includes calculating a value related to the shape of the convex portion based on data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element. Inspection method.
  • Appendices A8 to A16 wherein the inspecting includes inspecting the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element with reference data of the intensity distribution stored in advance.
  • the inspection method according to any one of the items.
  • Appendix A18 The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion; In the inspecting, the position of each of the first reflected light and the second reflected light in the intensity distribution falls within a pre-stored reference range of the positions of the first reflected light and the second reflected light.
  • the inspection method of any one of Appendices A8-A17 comprising inspecting the riblet structure by determining whether it is included.
  • Appendix B1 An inspection method for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction, irradiating an irradiation area on the surface to be inspected with light; Condensing the light reflected by the irradiation area by the irradiation of the light with a condensing optical system; Receiving the condensed light on a plane different from a plane conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system; inspecting the riblet structure based on the results of receiving light; inspection methods including;
  • Appendix B2 In the light reception, a light-receiving element having a light-receiving surface arranged on a plane different from the conjugate plane receives the condensed light, and the light-receiving element receives the condensed light as a result of the light reception.
  • Appendix B3 The inspection method according to Appendix B2, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.7 or more on the surface to be inspected side.
  • Appendix B4 The inspection method according to Appendix B2 or B3, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.9 or less on the inspection surface side.
  • Appendix B5 The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B4, wherein the condensing optical system is arranged closest to the surface to be inspected and includes a lens member having a concave surface facing the surface to be inspected.
  • Appendix B6 further comprising contacting the surface to be inspected with a contact member projecting further toward the surface to be inspected than an optical member arranged closest to the surface to be inspected among the optical members constituting the condensing optical system. , and the inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2-B5.
  • Appendix B7 The inspection method according to Appendix B6, wherein the contact member contacts at least a part of the surface to be inspected excluding the irradiation region.
  • the contact member and the condensing optical system are configured such that when the contact member contacts the surface to be inspected, the condensing optical system and the surface to be inspected are arranged in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system.
  • the inspection method according to appendix B6 or B7, wherein the distance between is the working distance of the condensing optical system on the side of the surface to be inspected.
  • the abutment member has a distance between the converging optical system and the surface to be inspected in the optical axis direction of the converging optical system when the abutting member abuts on the surface to be inspected.
  • the inspection method according to any one of Appendices B6 to B8, wherein at least the optical member arranged closest to the surface to be inspected is supported so that the working distance of the system is on the side of the surface to be inspected.
  • the light reflected by the irradiation region includes first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided, and light reflected by the convex portion and the irradiation region.
  • the condensing optical system reflects at least part of the light from the light source toward the irradiation area, and a part of the first reflected light and the second reflected light that enter the condensing optical system from the irradiation area.
  • the light splitting member according to Appendix B10 which transmits reflected light toward the light receiving element and is configured to prevent another part of the first reflected light different from the part from entering the light receiving element. Inspection method.
  • Appendix B12 The inspection method according to Appendix B11, wherein the light splitting member reflects the other portion of the first reflected light in a direction different from that of the light receiving element.
  • the light splitting member is configured such that the light amount of the part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member is smaller than the light amount of the other part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member.
  • Appendix B14 The condensing optical system according to any one of Appendices B11 to B13, further comprising a lens member disposed closest to the light splitting member when viewed from the surface to be inspected and having a concave surface facing the light splitting member. Test method described.
  • Appendix B15 The size of the area occupied on the light receiving surface by the light beam incident on the light collecting optical system from one point on the surface to be inspected and reaching the light receiving element at the maximum numerical aperture of the light collecting optical system on the side of the surface to be inspected , the inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B14, wherein the size of the light receiving surface is 0.1 times or more.
  • Appendix B17 The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B16, wherein the light receiving surface is arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system or on a plane conjugate with the exit pupil.
  • Appendix B18 The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B17, wherein the convex portion has an inclined surface inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction.
  • Appendix B19 The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B18, wherein the riblet structure is a structure for reducing frictional resistance between a fluid and the surface to be inspected.
  • Appendix B20 The optical device according to any one of Appendices B2 to B19, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression. ⁇ > ⁇ however, ⁇ : the angle formed between the normal line at the end of the effective range of the lens surface closest to the surface to be inspected in the condensing optical system and the optical axis of the condensing optical system ⁇ : the condensing optical system The maximum angle formed by the light beam received by the light receiving element and the optical axis of the condensing optical system among the light beams incident on the lens arranged closest to the surface to be inspected in
  • Appendix B21 The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B20, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression. y ⁇ f sin ⁇ however, y: image height of the condensing optical system f: focal length of the condensing optical system ⁇ : angle between the light reflected in the irradiation area and the optical axis of the condensing optical system
  • Appendix B22 The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B21, wherein the inspecting includes inspecting the riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
  • Appendix B23 The inspection method according to Appendix B22, wherein the inspecting includes determining whether the shape of the convex portion is good or bad based on data representing the intensity distribution.
  • Appendix B24 The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion; The inspecting determines the quality of the convex portion based on a comparison result between the intensity of the first reflected light incident on the light receiving surface and the intensity of the second reflected light incident on the light receiving surface.
  • the inspection method according to Appendix B23 comprising:
  • Appendix B25 The inspection method according to Appendix B24, wherein the shape of the convex portion includes rounded vertices of the convex portion.
  • the light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
  • the second reflected light includes second reflected light reflected in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction in which the first reflected light is reflected from the irradiation area, and second reflection light reflected from the irradiation area in the first reflection direction.
  • the inspecting includes the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light on the light receiving surface and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction, and the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light on the light receiving surface and the second Supplementary notes B23-B25, including determining whether the shape of the convex portion is good or bad based on the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the third reflection direction.
  • the inspection method according to any one of the items.
  • the convex portion has a pair of inclined surfaces that are inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction and extend in the first direction;
  • the inspecting includes data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, at least one non-defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of light reflected by irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of a non-defective product, and The quality of the shape of the convex portion of the defective product is determined by comparing with at least one of at least one of the defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of the defective product.
  • the inspection method according to any one of Appendixes B23-B27, comprising:
  • Appendix B29 The inspecting is performed by inputting data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element to a discriminator that has been learned in advance to determine whether the shape of the convex portion is good or bad.
  • the inspection method according to any one of Appendices B23-B28, comprising determining whether the shape is good or bad.
  • the inspecting includes calculating a value related to the shape of the convex portion based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element. Inspection method.
  • Appendices B22-B30 wherein the inspecting includes inspecting the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element with pre-stored reference data of the intensity distribution.
  • the inspection method according to any one of the items.
  • Appendix B32 The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion; In the inspecting, the position of each of the first reflected light and the second reflected light in the intensity distribution falls within a pre-stored reference range of the positions of the first reflected light and the second reflected light.
  • the inspection method of any one of Appendixes B22-B31 comprising inspecting the riblet structure by determining whether it is included.
  • Appendix B33 A computer program for inspection, which causes a computer to execute the inspection method according to any one of Appendices B1 to B32.
  • An optical device for measuring a surface to be measured having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction, a condensing optical system that irradiates an irradiation area on the surface to be measured with light from a light source and collects the light reflected by the irradiation area; a light-receiving element arranged on a surface different from a surface conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system and configured to receive the light condensed by the condensing optical system;
  • An optical device comprising
  • Appendix C2 The optical device according to appendix C1, wherein the light receiving element has a light receiving surface arranged on a plane different from the conjugate plane, and detects an intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system.
  • Appendix C3 The optical device according to appendix C2, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.7 or more on the surface to be measured side.
  • Appendix C4 The optical device according to Appendix C2 or C3, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.9 or less on the surface to be measured side.
  • Appendix C5 The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C4, wherein the condensing optical system includes a lens member disposed closest to the measurement scan surface and having a concave surface facing the surface to be measured.
  • Appendix C6 further comprising a contact member that protrudes toward the surface to be measured from an optical member arranged closest to the surface to be measured among optical members constituting the condensing optical system and is capable of coming into contact with the surface to be measured.
  • Appendix C7 The optical device according to appendix C6, wherein the contact member is capable of contacting at least a part of the surface to be measured excluding the irradiation region.
  • the contact member and the condensing optical system are configured such that when the contact member contacts the surface to be measured, the condensing optical system and the surface to be measured are arranged in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system. is the working distance of the condensing optical system on the side of the surface to be measured.
  • the abutment member has a distance between the converging optical system and the surface to be measured in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system when the abutting member abuts on the surface to be measured.
  • the optical device according to any one of Appendices C6 to C8, wherein at least the optical member arranged closest to the surface to be measured is supported so that the working distance of the system is on the side of the surface to be measured.
  • the light reflected by the irradiation region includes first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided, and light reflected by the convex portion and the irradiation region.
  • the condensing optical system reflects at least part of the light from the light source toward the irradiation area, and a part of the first reflected light and the second reflected light that enter the condensing optical system from the irradiation area.
  • the light splitting member according to Appendix C10 which transmits reflected light toward the light receiving element and is configured to prevent another part of the first reflected light different from the part from entering the light receiving element. optical device.
  • Appendix C12 The optical device according to appendix C11, wherein the light splitting member reflects the other portion of the first reflected light in a direction different from that of the light receiving element.
  • the light splitting member is configured such that the light amount of the part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member is smaller than the light amount of the other part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member.
  • Appendix C14 The condensing optical system according to any one of Appendices C11 to C13, further comprising a lens member disposed closest to the light splitting member when viewed from the surface to be measured and having a concave surface facing the light splitting member.
  • Optical device as described.
  • Appendix C17 The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C16, wherein the light receiving surface is arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system or on a plane conjugate with the exit pupil.
  • Appendix C18 The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C17, wherein the convex portion has an inclined surface inclined with respect to a third direction perpendicular to the first direction and the second direction.
  • Appendix C19 The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C18, wherein the riblet structure is a structure for reducing frictional resistance between a fluid and the surface to be measured.
  • Appendix C20 The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C19, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression. ⁇ > ⁇ however, ⁇ : the angle formed between the normal line at the end of the effective range of the lens surface closest to the surface to be inspected in the condensing optical system and the optical axis of the condensing optical system ⁇ : the condensing optical system The maximum angle formed by the light beam received by the light receiving element and the optical axis of the condensing optical system among the light beams incident on the lens arranged closest to the surface to be inspected in
  • Appendix C21 The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C20, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression. y ⁇ f sin ⁇ however, y: image height of the condensing optical system f: focal length of the condensing optical system ⁇ : angle between the light reflected in the irradiation area and the optical axis of the condensing optical system
  • Appendix C22 The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C21, wherein the light receiving element outputs data representing an intensity distribution of the light condensed on the light receiving surface by the condensing optical system.
  • Appendix C23 The optical device according to any one of Appendix C22, further comprising a measurement unit that measures the riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
  • Appendix C24 The optical device according to appendix C23, wherein the measurement unit calculates a value related to the shape of the riblet structure as the measurement of the riblet structure based on the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
  • the measurement unit includes data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, and a plurality of shape reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light to the plurality of riblet structures having different shapes.
  • the measurement unit inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element to a discriminator pre-learned so as to calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure, thereby obtaining a value related to the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the optical device of clause C24 or C25 which outputs a value.
  • Appendix C27 The optical device according to Appendix C26, wherein the discriminator comprises a convolutional neural network having a plurality of convolutional layers serially connected from an input side to an output side.
  • the measuring unit selects at least one of the distance between the convex portions in the second direction, the apex angle of the convex portions, the height of the convex portions, and the radius of curvature of the apex of the convex portions as the value.
  • the optical device according to any one of clauses C24-C27, wherein the optical device calculates a value representing the
  • the light reflected by the irradiation area includes reflected light reflected twice by the convex portion and a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided,
  • the reflected light reflected twice includes reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a first reflection direction and reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction.
  • the measurement unit measures the riblet on the light receiving surface based on the relationship between the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the first reflection direction and the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction.
  • Optical apparatus according to appendices C23-C28, for calculating a value for the shape of a structure.
  • Appendix C30 The optical device according to Appendix C29, wherein the value for the shape of the riblet structure is a value representing the apex angle of the convex portion.
  • Appendix C31 Any one of Appendices C23 to C30, wherein the measurement unit measures the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element with pre-stored reference data of the intensity distribution. 10. The optical device according to claim 1.
  • Appendix C32 A measuring method for measuring a riblet structure based on data representing an intensity distribution output from the optical device according to any one of Appendices C2-C22.
  • Appendix C33 The measuring method according to Appendix C32, wherein the measuring includes calculating a value for the shape of the riblet structure based on the intensity distribution data output from the optical device.
  • the measuring includes the data of the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, and a plurality of shape reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of light to the plurality of riblet structures having different shapes, respectively.
  • C33 The method of measurement of Appendix C33, comprising calculating a value for the shape of the riblet structure based on
  • the measuring includes inputting the intensity distribution data into a discriminator pretrained to calculate a value for the shape of the riblet structure, thereby outputting a value for the shape of the riblet structure.
  • appendix C33 or C34 The measuring includes inputting the intensity distribution data into a discriminator pretrained to calculate a value for the shape of the riblet structure, thereby outputting a value for the shape of the riblet structure.
  • Appendix C36 The measurement method according to Appendix C35, wherein the discriminator comprises a convolutional neural network having a plurality of convolutional layers serially connected from the input side to the output side.
  • the measuring includes, as the value, at least one of the distance between the convex portions in the second direction, the apex angle of the convex portion, the height of the convex portion, and the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion.
  • the light reflected by the irradiation area includes reflected light reflected twice by the convex portion and a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided,
  • the reflected light reflected twice includes reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a first reflection direction and reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction.
  • the measuring is based on the relationship between the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the first reflection direction and the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction on the light receiving surface.
  • a method of measurement according to Appendix C33-C37 comprising calculating a value for the shape of the riblet structure.
  • the measuring includes measuring the riblet structure by comparing the intensity distribution data output from the light receiving element with pre-stored intensity distribution reference data.
  • the measurement method according to any one of the items.
  • Appendix D2 In the light reception, a light-receiving element having a light-receiving surface arranged on a plane different from the conjugate plane receives the condensed light, and the light-receiving element receives the condensed light as a result of the light reception.
  • the measurement method according to appendix D1 which detects an intensity distribution.
  • Appendix D3 The measurement method according to appendix D2, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.7 or more on the side of the surface to be measured.
  • Appendix D4 The measurement method according to appendix D2 or D3, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.9 or less on the side of the surface to be measured.
  • Appendix D5 The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D4, wherein the condensing optical system is arranged closest to the surface to be measured and includes a lens member having a concave surface facing the surface to be measured.
  • Appendix D6 further comprising contacting the measurement surface with a contact member that protrudes toward the surface to be measured more than an optical member arranged closest to the surface to be measured among the optical members constituting the condensing optical system; The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2-D5.
  • Appendix D7 The measurement method according to appendix D6, wherein the contact member contacts at least a part of the surface to be measured excluding the irradiation region.
  • the contact member and the condensing optical system are configured such that when the contact member contacts the surface to be measured, the condensing optical system and the surface to be measured are arranged in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system. is the working distance of the condensing optical system on the side of the surface to be measured.
  • the abutment member has a distance between the converging optical system and the surface to be measured in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system when the abutting member abuts on the surface to be measured.
  • the measuring method according to any one of Appendices D6 to D8, wherein at least the optical member arranged closest to the surface to be measured is supported so that the working distance of the system is on the side of the surface to be measured.
  • the light reflected by the irradiation region includes first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided, and light reflected by the convex portion and the irradiation region.
  • the condensing optical system reflects at least part of the light from the light source toward the irradiation area, and a part of the first reflected light and the second reflected light that enter the condensing optical system from the irradiation area.
  • D10 according to appendix D10 further comprising a light splitting member configured to transmit reflected light toward the light receiving element and to prevent another part of the first reflected light different from the part from entering the light receiving element. Measuring method.
  • Appendix D12 The measurement method according to appendix D11, wherein the light splitting member reflects the other part of the first reflected light in a direction different from that of the light receiving element.
  • the light splitting member is configured such that the light amount of the part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member is smaller than the light amount of the other part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member.
  • Appendix D14 The condensing optical system according to any one of Appendices D11 to D13, further comprising a lens member disposed closest to the light splitting member when viewed from the surface to be measured and having a concave surface facing the light splitting member. Measurement method described.
  • Appendix D16 of Appendices D2 to D15, wherein the light-receiving surface is arranged closer to the exit pupil plane of the light-condensing optical system than an optical member arranged closest to the light-receiving element among the optical members constituting the light-condensing optical system.
  • Appendix D17 The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D16, wherein the light receiving surface is arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system or on a plane conjugate with the exit pupil.
  • Appendix D18 The measuring method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D17, wherein the convex portion has an inclined surface inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction.
  • Appendix D19 The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D18, wherein the riblet structure is a structure for reducing frictional resistance between the fluid and the surface to be measured.
  • Appendix D20 The optical device according to any one of Appendices D2 to D19, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression. ⁇ > ⁇ however, ⁇ : the angle formed between the normal to the end of the effective range of the lens surface closest to the surface to be measured in the condensing optical system and the optical axis of the condensing optical system ⁇ : the condensing optical system the maximum angle formed by the light beam received by the light receiving element among the light beams incident on the lens arranged closest to the surface to be measured and the optical axis of the condensing optical system in
  • Appendix D21 The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D20, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression. y ⁇ f sin ⁇ however, y: image height of the condensing optical system f: focal length of the condensing optical system ⁇ : angle between the light reflected in the irradiation area and the optical axis of the condensing optical system
  • Appendix D22 The measuring method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D21, wherein the measuring includes measuring the riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
  • Appendix D23 The measuring method according to appendix D22, wherein the measuring includes calculating a value related to the shape of the riblet structure based on the data of the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
  • the measuring includes the data of the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, and a plurality of shape reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of light to the plurality of riblet structures having different shapes, respectively.
  • the measuring includes inputting the intensity distribution data into a discriminator pre-trained to calculate a value for the shape of the riblet structure, thereby outputting a value for the shape of the riblet structure.
  • appendix D23 or D24 The measuring includes inputting the intensity distribution data into a discriminator pre-trained to calculate a value for the shape of the riblet structure, thereby outputting a value for the shape of the riblet structure.
  • Appendix D26 The measurement method according to appendix D25, wherein the discriminator comprises a convolutional neural network having a plurality of convolutional layers serially connected from the input side to the output side.
  • the measuring includes, as the value, at least one of the distance between the convex portions in the second direction, the apex angle of the convex portion, the height of the convex portion, and the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion.
  • the light reflected by the irradiation area includes reflected light reflected twice by the convex portion and a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided,
  • the reflected light reflected twice includes reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a first reflection direction and reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction.
  • the measuring is based on the relationship between the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the first reflection direction and the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction on the light receiving surface.
  • Appendix D29 The measurement method according to appendix D28, wherein the value relating to the shape of the riblet structure is a value representing the apex angle of the convex portion.
  • the measuring includes measuring the riblet structure by comparing the intensity distribution data output from the light receiving element with pre-stored intensity distribution reference data.
  • the measurement method according to any one of the items.
  • Appendix D31 A measuring computer program that causes a computer to execute the measuring method according to any one of Appendices D1-D30.

Abstract

Provided is an optical device for inspecting a to-be-inspected surface having a riblet structure in which a plurality of protruding portions that extend in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction. This optical device is configured so as to comprise: a condensing optical system that irradiates light from a light source onto an irradiation region on the to-be-inspected surface and condenses light reflected by the irradiation region; and a light-receiving element that has a light-receiving surface disposed on a surface, of the condensing optical system, different from a surface conjugate to the to-be-inspected surface, and detects the intensity distribution by using the light condensed by the condensing optical system.

Description

光学装置および検査方法Optical device and inspection method
 本開示は、リブレット構造を有する物体表面を検査するために使用される光学装置および検査方法に関する。 The present disclosure relates to optical devices and inspection methods used to inspect object surfaces having riblet structures.
 従来、微細構造の品質を検査する検査装置の構成が提案されている(例えば特許文献1を参照)。 Conventionally, the configuration of an inspection apparatus for inspecting the quality of microstructures has been proposed (see Patent Document 1, for example).
米国特許第8842271号明細書U.S. Pat. No. 8,842,271
 本開示にかかる光学装置は、第1方向に連なる凸状部分が第1方向と交差する第2方向に複数設けられたリブレット構造を有する被検査面を検査する光学装置であって、光源からの光を被検査面上の照射領域に照射し、照射領域で反射された光を集光する集光光学系と、集光光学系に関して被検査面と共役な面とは異なる面に配置される受光面を有し、集光光学系で集光される光による強度分布を検出する受光素子と、を備える。 An optical device according to the present disclosure is an optical device for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction that intersects the first direction. A condensing optical system that irradiates the irradiation area on the surface to be inspected with light and collects the light reflected by the irradiation area, and the condensing optical system is arranged on a different surface from the surface that is conjugate with the surface to be inspected. a light-receiving element having a light-receiving surface and detecting an intensity distribution of light condensed by the condensing optical system.
 本開示にかかる検査方法は、第1方向に連なる凸状部分が第1方向と交差する第2方向に複数設けられたリブレット構造を有する被検査面を検査する検査方法であって、被検査面上の照射領域に光を照射することと、光の照射によって照射領域で反射した光を集光光学系により集光することと、集光光学系に関して被検査面と共役な面とは異なる面で、集光された光を受光することと、受光の結果に基づいてリブレット構造を検査することと、を含む。 An inspection method according to the present disclosure is an inspection method for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction that intersects with the first direction. irradiating the upper irradiation area with light, condensing the light reflected by the irradiation area due to the irradiation of the light with a condensing optical system, and a surface different from the surface conjugated with the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system , receiving the focused light and inspecting the riblet structure based on the results of the receiving.
リブレット構造を有する物体表面への光の照射を説明する模式図である。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram illustrating irradiation of light onto the surface of an object having a riblet structure; リブレット構造を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining a riblet structure. リブレット構造を有する物体表面での光の反射を説明する図である。FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining reflection of light on the surface of an object having a riblet structure; 光学装置の構成を示す模式図である。1 is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of an optical device; FIG. 集光光学系において最も物体表面側に配置される光学部材による集光を説明する模式図である。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram illustrating light collection by an optical member arranged closest to an object surface in a light collection optical system; 集光光学系における射影関係を表す図である。It is a figure showing the projection relationship in a condensing optical system. 第1受光データを示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows 1st light reception data. コンピュータの概略構成を示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows schematic structure of a computer. コンピュータが有するプロセッサの機能ブロック図である。3 is a functional block diagram of a processor included in the computer; FIG. 第1受光データにおける第1反射光と第2反射光との光量の比を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the ratio of the light quantity of the 1st reflected light in 1st light reception data, and a 2nd reflected light. 第2受光データを示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows the 2nd light reception data. リブレット構造の検査処理のフローチャートである。10 is a flow chart of inspection processing of riblet structure. リブレット構造の測定処理のフローチャートである。4 is a flow chart of the riblet structure measurement process.
 以下、図面を参照して本願の光学装置および検査方法について詳細に説明する。 The optical device and inspection method of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings.
 図1はリブレット構造を有する物体表面への光の照射の概要を説明する模式図であり、図2はリブレット構造を説明する図である。 FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram for explaining the outline of light irradiation on the surface of an object having a riblet structure, and FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining the riblet structure.
 本実施形態において、光学装置1はリブレット構造が形成された物体表面OSから所定の距離に位置し、物体表面OSにおける照射領域IRに光を照射して物体表面OSを検査する。なお、説明の便宜上、以降は、リブレット構造(物体表面OS)の検査に光学装置1を用いる場合について説明するが、光学装置1は、リブレット構造(物体表面OS)を測定する場合にも適用することができる。図1は、説明のため、光学装置1が物体表面OSから所定の位置よりも離間した位置に配置された状態を示している。なお、物体表面OSは、複数のリブレットの稜線を含む包絡面であってもよく、リブレット構造が形成される前の物体の表面であってもよい。また、物体表面OSは、ワーク表面と称されてもよい。 In this embodiment, the optical device 1 is positioned at a predetermined distance from the object surface OS on which the riblet structure is formed, and inspects the object surface OS by irradiating the irradiation area IR on the object surface OS with light. For convenience of explanation, the case where the optical apparatus 1 is used for inspecting the riblet structure (object surface OS) will be described below, but the optical apparatus 1 is also applied to the case of measuring the riblet structure (object surface OS). be able to. For the sake of explanation, FIG. 1 shows a state in which the optical device 1 is arranged at a position spaced apart from the object surface OS by more than a predetermined position. Note that the object surface OS may be an envelope surface including ridges of a plurality of riblets, or may be the surface of the object before the riblet structure is formed. The object surface OS may also be referred to as a work surface.
 物体表面OSにリブレット構造を形成することにより、物体表面OSと物体表面OSに接触する流体との摩擦抵抗を低下させることができる。しかし、リブレット構造の形状が変化すると、物体表面OSと流体との摩擦抵抗の低減効果が減少することがある。したがって、物体表面OSにおけるリブレット構造の形状を簡便に検査するための光学装置が求められている。物体表面OSの少なくとも一部は、被検査面といえる。なお、物体表面OSに形成されたリブレット構造の少なくとも一部は、被検査面ともいえる。なお、物体表面OSに接触する流体は、気体であってもよいし、液体であってもよい。 By forming the riblet structure on the object surface OS, it is possible to reduce the frictional resistance between the object surface OS and the fluid in contact with the object surface OS. However, if the shape of the riblet structure changes, the effect of reducing the frictional resistance between the object surface OS and the fluid may decrease. Accordingly, there is a need for an optical apparatus for conveniently inspecting the shape of riblet structures on an object surface OS. At least part of the object surface OS can be said to be the surface to be inspected. At least part of the riblet structure formed on the object surface OS can also be said to be a surface to be inspected. Note that the fluid that contacts the object surface OS may be gas or liquid.
 物体表面OSには、物体の外部に対して凸状に突出し第1方向D1に連なる凸状部分Cが第2方向D2に複数設けられている。第2方向D2は、第1方向D1と交差する方向であり、例えば物体表面OSに沿って第1方向D1と直交する方向である。物体表面OSのうち領域Rには、凸状部分Cが設けられていない。領域Rは、物体表面OSにおいて、第2方向D2に離間して隣り合う凸状部分C同士の間の領域ともいえる。リブレット構造は、凸状部分Cと領域Rを含む構造ともいえる。なお、リブレット構造は、凸状部分Cのみの構造ともいえる。なお、第2方向D2に沿って隣り合う凸状部分C同士は隣接していてもよい。つまり、領域Rはなくてもよい。 On the object surface OS, a plurality of convex portions C are provided in the second direction D2 so as to protrude from the outside of the object and extend in the first direction D1. The second direction D2 is a direction intersecting the first direction D1, for example, a direction orthogonal to the first direction D1 along the object surface OS. A convex portion C is not provided in the region R of the object surface OS. The region R can also be said to be a region between the adjacent convex portions C spaced apart in the second direction D2 on the object surface OS. The riblet structure can also be said to be a structure including the convex portion C and the region R. In addition, the riblet structure can also be said to be a structure in which only the convex portion C is formed. In addition, the convex portions C adjacent to each other along the second direction D2 may be adjacent to each other. That is, the region R may be omitted.
 リブレット構造(物体表面OS)は、ワーク(例えば、金属)の表面から、例えばレーザ加工により、凸状部分C以外の部分を取り除くことにより形成してもよい。また、リブレット構造(物体表面OS)は、ワークの表面に、リブレット構造が形成された樹脂フィルム(例えば、UV硬化樹脂)を固定(例えば、接着)することにより形成してもよい。リブレット構造は、ワークの表面に硬化可能な材料(例えば、UV硬化樹脂)を塗布し、リブレット構造に対応する形状を有する型をワーク上の材料層に押し付けることにより形成されてもよい。図1では、平面であるワークの表面にリブレット構造が形成された物体表面OSの例を示しているが、ワークの表面は曲面であってもよい。なお、ワーク上の材料層に型を押し付けてリブレット構造を形成する場合、材料層に押し付ける型(例えば、型の、材料層に押し付ける側の形状)の検査及び/又は測定を光学装置1で行ってもよい。 The riblet structure (object surface OS) may be formed by removing portions other than the convex portion C from the surface of the workpiece (eg, metal) by, eg, laser processing. Also, the riblet structure (object surface OS) may be formed by fixing (eg, adhering) a resin film (eg, UV curable resin) on which the riblet structure is formed on the surface of the workpiece. The riblet structure may be formed by applying a curable material (eg, a UV curable resin) to the surface of the workpiece and pressing a mold having a shape corresponding to the riblet structure against the layer of material on the workpiece. Although FIG. 1 shows an example of the object surface OS in which the riblet structure is formed on the surface of the work which is flat, the surface of the work may be curved. When forming a riblet structure by pressing a mold against a material layer on a workpiece, the optical device 1 inspects and/or measures the mold pressed against the material layer (for example, the shape of the mold on the side pressed against the material layer). may
 凸状部分Cは、第3方向D3に対して傾斜した一対の傾斜面T1、T2(以下、あわせて「傾斜面T」ともいう)を有する。第3方向D3は、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とに直交する方向であり、例えば物体表面OSの法線方向である。ここでは、設計上は、傾斜面T1および傾斜面T2は第3方向D3について対称であるとする。すなわち、一方の傾斜面T1が領域Rとなす角と、他方の傾斜面T2が領域Rとなす角とは、設計上は等しい。なお、設計上の傾斜面T1および傾斜面T2は第3方向D3について対称であるともいえる。なお、設計上の傾斜面T1および傾斜面T2は第3方向D3について非対称であってもよい。なお、第3方向D3は、第1方向D1と第2方向D2に交差する方向であってもよい。 The convex portion C has a pair of inclined surfaces T1 and T2 (hereinafter collectively referred to as "inclined surfaces T") inclined with respect to the third direction D3. A third direction D3 is a direction orthogonal to the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, and is, for example, a normal direction of the object surface OS. Here, in terms of design, the inclined surface T1 and the inclined surface T2 are assumed to be symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3. That is, the angle formed by one inclined surface T1 with the region R and the angle formed by the other inclined surface T2 with the region R are equal in design. It can also be said that the designed inclined surfaces T1 and T2 are symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3. Note that the designed inclined surfaces T1 and T2 may be asymmetrical with respect to the third direction D3. The third direction D3 may be a direction intersecting the first direction D1 and the second direction D2.
 第2方向D2に複数設けられる凸状部分Cの間隔Pは、例えば100μmであってもよい。凸状部分Cの第3方向D3の大きさ(高さH)は、例えば50μmであってもよい。一対の傾斜面T1、T2は、第3方向D3に対して例えば±22.5°傾斜し、凸状部分Cの頂角Aは例えば45°であってもよい。なお、凸状部分Cの間隔P,凸状部分Cの第3方向D3の大きさ(高さH)、第3方向D3に対する傾斜面T1、T2の傾斜角度、凸状部分Cの頂角Aは、以上の数値に限られない。 The interval P between the plurality of convex portions C provided in the second direction D2 may be 100 μm, for example. The size (height H) of the convex portion C in the third direction D3 may be, for example, 50 μm. The pair of inclined surfaces T1 and T2 may be inclined, for example, by ±22.5° with respect to the third direction D3, and the apex angle A of the convex portion C may be, for example, 45°. In addition, the interval P of the convex portion C, the size (height H) of the convex portion C in the third direction D3, the inclination angles of the inclined surfaces T1 and T2 with respect to the third direction D3, the apex angle A of the convex portion C is not limited to the above numerical values.
 このようなリブレット構造が形成された物体表面は、例えば米国特許第8444092号明細書、米国特許第9656743号明細書、米国特許第8876052号明細書、米国特許第9751618号明細書、米国特許第10877377号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2013/0146217号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2016/0271930号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2020/0263704号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2021/0054859号明細書に記載されている。 An object surface having such a riblet structure is disclosed in, for example, US Pat. No. 8,444,092, US Pat. No. 9,656,743, US Pat. US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0146217, US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0271930, US Patent Application Publication No. 2020/0263704, US Patent Application Publication No. 2021/0054859 described in the book.
 図3は、物体表面OSでの光の反射を説明する図である。 FIG. 3 is a diagram explaining the reflection of light on the object surface OS.
 物体表面OSの法線方向からそれぞれ平行に入射する入射光IL1、IL2-1、IL2-2は、物体表面OSの照射領域IRを照射し、照射領域IRで反射される。 Incident lights IL1, IL2-1, and IL2-2 incident in parallel from the normal direction of the object surface OS irradiate the irradiation area IR of the object surface OS, and are reflected by the irradiation area IR.
 第1反射光RL1は、入射光IL1が物体表面OSのうちの領域Rで1回反射された反射光である。図3の例において、照射領域IRから第1反射光RL1が反射される第1反射方向は、物体表面OSのうちの領域Rに垂直な方向である。なお、第1反射光RL1は、照射領域IRへの入射位置が入射光IL1とは異なる入射光が領域Rで1回反射された反射光を含んでいてもよい。 The first reflected light RL1 is reflected light obtained by reflecting the incident light IL1 once from the region R of the object surface OS. In the example of FIG. 3, the first reflection direction in which the first reflected light RL1 is reflected from the irradiation area IR is a direction perpendicular to the area R of the object surface OS. It should be noted that the first reflected light RL1 may include reflected light obtained by reflecting once in the region R the incident light whose incident position on the irradiation region IR is different from that of the incident light IL1.
 第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2(以下、あわせて「第2反射光RL2」ともいう)は、それぞれ、照射領域IRへの入射位置が互いに異なる入射光IL2-1、IL2-2が、領域Rと凸状部分Cとで少なくとも1回反射された反射光である。 The second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 (hereinafter collectively referred to as "second reflected lights RL2") are incident lights IL2-1 and IL2-2 that are incident on the irradiation region IR at different positions. , the reflected light reflected at least once by the region R and the convex portion C. FIG.
 例えば、第2反射光RL2-1は、入射光IL2-1が、領域Rと凸状部分Cの傾斜面T1のそれぞれで少なくとも1回ずつ、つまり、照射領域IRで少なくとも2回以上反射された反射光である。第2反射光RL2-2は、入射光IL2-1とは異なる位置に入射した入射光IL2-2が、領域Rと凸状部分Cの傾斜面T2のそれぞれで少なくとも1回ずつ、つまり、照射領域IRで少なくとも2回以上反射された反射光である。 For example, the second reflected light RL2-1 is obtained by reflecting the incident light IL2-1 at least once on each of the region R and the inclined surface T1 of the convex portion C, that is, at least twice on the irradiation region IR. It is reflected light. The second reflected light RL2-2 is such that the incident light IL2-2, which is incident at a position different from that of the incident light IL2-1, is irradiated at least once on each of the region R and the inclined surface T2 of the convex portion C. It is reflected light reflected at least twice in the region IR.
 頂角Aを有する凸状部分Cの傾斜面T1および領域Rで反射された第2反射光RL2-1の反射方向(以下、「第2反射方向」ともいう)は、物体表面OSのうちの領域Rの法線方向から頂角Aと同じ角度だけ傾斜した方向である。なお、頂角Aは、リブレット構造の設計上の頂角と異なる角度であってもよい。すなわち、第2反射方向は、領域Rの法線方向から設計上の頂角と異なる角度だけ傾斜した方向であってもよい。 The reflection direction of the second reflected light RL2-1 reflected by the inclined surface T1 of the convex portion C having the apex angle A and the region R (hereinafter also referred to as the “second reflection direction”) is It is a direction inclined by the same angle as the apex angle A from the normal direction of the region R. The apex angle A may be an angle different from the design apex angle of the riblet structure. That is, the second reflection direction may be a direction inclined from the normal direction of the region R by an angle different from the designed vertical angle.
 頂角Aを有する凸状部分Cの傾斜面T2および領域Rで反射された第2反射光RL2-2の反射方向(以下、「第3反射方向」ともいう」は、物体表面OSのうちの領域Rの法線方向に対して第2反射方向と逆の方向に頂角Aと同じ角度だけ傾斜した方向である。なお、頂角Aは、リブレット構造の設計上の頂角と異なる角度であってもよい。すなわち、第3反射方向は、領域Rの法線方向に対して第2反射方向と逆の方向に設計上の頂角と異なる角度だけ傾斜した方向であってもよい。 The reflection direction of the second reflected light RL2-2 reflected by the inclined surface T2 of the convex portion C having the apex angle A and the region R (hereinafter also referred to as the “third reflection direction”) is the direction of the object surface OS. It is a direction inclined by the same angle as the apex angle A in the direction opposite to the second reflection direction with respect to the normal direction of the region R. The apex angle A is an angle different from the designed apex angle of the riblet structure. That is, the third reflection direction may be a direction that is inclined with respect to the normal direction of the region R by an angle different from the designed vertical angle in the direction opposite to the second reflection direction.
 第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2は、領域Rで1回反射され凸状部分Cで2回反射されるなど、領域Rと凸状部分Cとであわせて3回以上反射された反射光であってもよい。なお、第2反射光RL2は、第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2に加えて、照射領域IRへの入射位置が入射光IL2-1及びIL2-2とは異なる入射光が、照射領域IRで少なくとも2回以上反射された反射光を含んでいてもよい。 The second reflected light beams RL2-1 and RL2-2 are reflected by the region R and the convex portion C three times or more in total, such as once by the region R and twice by the convex portion C. It may be light. In addition to the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2, the second reflected light RL2 includes incident lights having different incident positions on the irradiation area IR from the incident lights IL2-1 and IL2-2. It may include reflected light that has been reflected at least twice with IR.
 凸状部分Cは高さH(例えば50μm)を有してもよく、一対の傾斜面T1および傾斜面T2は頂角A(例えば45°)をなしていてもよい。 The convex portion C may have a height H (eg, 50 μm), and the pair of inclined surfaces T1 and T2 may form an apex angle A (eg, 45°).
 図4は、光学装置1の構成を示す模式図である。光学装置1は、筐体4に収容された集光光学系2および受光素子3を備え、コンピュータ5と電気的に接続されている。なお、光学装置1とコンピュータ5との接続は、有線であっても無線であってもよい。光学装置1は、光源LSからの光を物体表面OSに照射し、物体表面OSからの反射光を検出する。図4は、集光光学系2、受光素子3、筐体4、および、物体表面OSの、集光光学系2の光軸AXを含む平面による切断面を表している。なお、光学装置1は、コンピュータ5を備えていてもよい。 FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of the optical device 1. FIG. The optical device 1 includes a condensing optical system 2 and a light receiving element 3 housed in a housing 4 and is electrically connected to a computer 5 . The connection between the optical device 1 and the computer 5 may be wired or wireless. The optical device 1 irradiates an object surface OS with light from a light source LS and detects reflected light from the object surface OS. FIG. 4 shows cut surfaces of the condensing optical system 2 , the light receiving element 3 , the housing 4 , and the object surface OS by a plane including the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 . Note that the optical device 1 may include the computer 5 .
 光源LSは、光学装置1に光を供給する。光源LSは、発光素子として、非コヒーレント光を発するLED(Light Emitting Diode)、および/または、コヒーレント光を発するレーザーダイオード等を含む。光源LSが発した光は、例えば光ファイバを含む送光光学系を介して集光光学系2に導かれる。例えば、光源LSとしてコヒーレント長の短いLEDを用いることで、集光光学系2を構成する光学部材の表面(例えば、レンズ部材の表面)からの戻り光の干渉(スペックル)が抑制される。なお、光源LSは、SLD(Super Luminescent Diode)であってもよい。また、光源LSは、光学装置1に搭載されていてもよい。 A light source LS supplies light to the optical device 1 . The light source LS includes, as a light emitting element, an LED (Light Emitting Diode) that emits non-coherent light and/or a laser diode that emits coherent light. Light emitted by the light source LS is guided to the condensing optical system 2 via a light transmitting optical system including, for example, an optical fiber. For example, by using an LED with a short coherent length as the light source LS, interference (speckle) of return light from the surface of the optical member (for example, the surface of the lens member) constituting the light collecting optical system 2 is suppressed. The light source LS may be an SLD (Super Luminescent Diode). Also, the light source LS may be mounted on the optical device 1 .
 集光光学系2は、光源LSからの光を物体表面OSの照射領域IRに照射し、照射領域IRで反射された反射光を集光する。 The condensing optical system 2 irradiates the irradiation area IR of the object surface OS with light from the light source LS, and collects the reflected light reflected by the irradiation area IR.
 なお、集光光学系2が照射領域IRに照射する光は、偏光光であってもよい。例えば、光源LSは偏光板を用いて所定の方向に直線偏光された光を供給してもよい。また、光学装置1は、例えば光源LSから供給された光のうち所定の方向の偏光成分のみを透過する偏光板をさらに有していてもよい。 It should be noted that the light that the condensing optical system 2 irradiates the irradiation region IR may be polarized light. For example, the light source LS may use a polarizer to provide light that is linearly polarized in a predetermined direction. Further, the optical device 1 may further include a polarizing plate that transmits only a polarized component in a predetermined direction out of the light supplied from the light source LS, for example.
 集光光学系2は、1以上のレンズ部材を有するレンズ群21と、レンズ群21よりも受光素子3側に配置される光分割部材22とを有する。光分割部材22と受光素子3との間には、受光素子3を保護するためのフィルタFLが配置されている。 The condensing optical system 2 has a lens group 21 having one or more lens members, and a light splitting member 22 arranged closer to the light receiving element 3 than the lens group 21 is. A filter FL for protecting the light receiving element 3 is arranged between the light dividing member 22 and the light receiving element 3 .
 レンズ群21は、物体表面OSに近い方から順に、受光素子3側に凸面を向け、かつ正のパワーを有する正メニスカスレンズL1、両凸形状の正のパワーを有する正レンズL2、および、受光素子3側に凹面を向け、かつ正のパワーを有する正メニスカスレンズL3を有する。 The lens group 21 includes, in order from the object surface OS, a positive meniscus lens L1 having a convex surface facing the light receiving element 3 and having positive power, a biconvex positive lens L2 having positive power, and a light receiving lens. It has a positive meniscus lens L3 with a concave surface facing the element 3 side and having positive power.
 正メニスカスレンズL1は、最も物体表面OS側に配置されるレンズ部材である。正メニスカスレンズL1は、受光素子3側に向く凸面とともに物体表面OSに向く凹面を有する。 The positive meniscus lens L1 is a lens member arranged closest to the object surface OS. The positive meniscus lens L1 has a convex surface facing the light receiving element 3 and a concave surface facing the object surface OS.
 正メニスカスレンズL3は、最も光分割部材22側に配置されるレンズ部材である。正メニスカスレンズL3は、光分割部材22に向く凹面を有する。最も光分割部材22側に配置されるレンズ部材が光分割部材22に向く凹面を有することにより、光分割部材22を配置するためのスペースの確保が容易となる。 The positive meniscus lens L3 is a lens member arranged closest to the light splitting member 22 side. The positive meniscus lens L3 has a concave surface facing the light splitting member 22 . Since the lens member arranged closest to the light splitting member 22 has a concave surface facing the light splitting member 22 , it becomes easy to secure a space for arranging the light splitting member 22 .
 以下の表1に、本実施形態の集光光学系2の諸元の値を掲げる。 Table 1 below lists the values of the specifications of the condensing optical system 2 of this embodiment.
 表1において、mは物体表面OS側から数えた光学面の順番、rは曲率半径、dは面間隔、neはe線(波長546nm)に対する屈折率を示す。曲率半径r=∞は平面を示している。 In Table 1, m is the order of the optical surfaces counted from the object surface OS side, r is the radius of curvature, d is the interplanar spacing, and ne is the refractive index for the e-line (wavelength 546 nm). A radius of curvature r=∞ indicates a plane.
 表1に記載される曲率半径rおよび面間隔dの長さの単位は「mm」である。しかし、集光光学系2は、この表に示したものに限られない。 The unit of length of the radius of curvature r and surface spacing d described in Table 1 is "mm". However, the condensing optical system 2 is not limited to those shown in this table.
 (表1)
 m   r    d   ne
 0)   ∞    1.60       (物体表面OS)
 1)  11.70  12.90 1.839322  (正メニスカスレンズL1)
 2)  -19.47   0.20
 3)  60.85   8.50 1.791918  (正レンズL2)
 4)  -60.85   0.20
 5)  26.00   7.00 1.839322  (正メニスカスレンズL3)
 6)  66.10   3.00
 7)   ∞    10.00 1.518251  (光分割部材22)
 8)   ∞    7.50
 9)   ∞    0.70 1.518251  (フィルタFL)
 10)   ∞    0.75
(Table 1)
m r d ne
0) ∞ 1.60 (object surface OS)
1) 11.70 12.90 1.839322 (positive meniscus lens L1)
2) -19.47 0.20
3) 60.85 8.50 1.791918 (positive lens L2)
4) -60.85 0.20
5) 26.00 7.00 1.839322 (positive meniscus lens L3)
6) 66.10 3.00
7) ∞ 10.00 1.518251 (light splitting member 22)
8) ∞ 7.50
9) ∞ 0.70 1.518251 (filter FL)
10) ∞ 0.75
 上述したように、例えば、第2反射光の反射方向は、領域Rの法線方向に対して頂角Aだけ傾斜した方向である。物体表面OS(リブレット構造)の検査対象の一つである凸状部分Cの頂角Aの下限を45°とするために、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数は、領域Rの法線方向に対して45°傾斜した光線を適切に集光できるよう、sin45°相当(0.7)以上としてもよい。また、物体表面OS(リブレット構造)の検査対象の一つである凸状部分Cの頂角Aの上限を50°とするために、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数は、領域Rの法線方向に対して50°傾斜した光線を適切に集光できるよう、sin50°相当(0.8)以下としてもよい。 As described above, for example, the reflection direction of the second reflected light is a direction inclined by the apex angle A with respect to the normal direction of the region R. In order to set the lower limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C, which is one of the inspection targets of the object surface OS (riblet structure), to 45°, the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side is set to the region R It may be equal to or greater than sin 45° (0.7) so as to properly collect light rays inclined at 45° with respect to the normal direction. Further, in order to set the upper limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C, which is one of the inspection targets of the object surface OS (riblet structure), to 50°, the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side is In order to properly converge the light rays inclined by 50° with respect to the normal direction of the region R, the angle may be equal to sin50° (0.8) or less.
 なお、この場合、所定の裕度を踏まえて、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数を決定してもよい。例えば、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数の上限を0.9としてもよい。なお、検査対象とする凸状部分Cの頂角Aの上限及び下限に応じて、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数を決定してもよい。つまり、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数は、検査対象とする凸状部分C(リブレット構造)の頂角Aに基づいて決定してもよい。 In this case, the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side may be determined based on a predetermined margin. For example, the upper limit of the numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the condensing optical system 2 may be 0.9. The numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side may be determined according to the upper and lower limits of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected. That is, the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side may be determined based on the apex angle A of the convex portion C (riblet structure) to be inspected.
 なお、検査対象とする凸状部分Cの頂角Aの下限は、40°であってもよいし、30°であってもよい。検査対象とする凸状部分Cの頂角Aの下限を40°とする場合、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数は、sin40°相当(0.6)以上であってもよい。また、検査対象とする凸状部分Cの頂角Aの下限を30°とする場合、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数は、sin30°相当(0.5)以上であってもよい。 The lower limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected may be 40° or 30°. When the lower limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected is 40°, the numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the condensing optical system 2 may be equivalent to sin 40° (0.6) or more. . When the lower limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected is set to 30°, the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side must be equivalent to sin30° (0.5) or more. good too.
 なお、検査対象とする凸状部分Cの頂角Aの上限は、55°であってもよいし、65°であってもよい。検査対象とする凸状部分Cの頂角Aの上限を55°とする場合、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数は、sin55°相当(0.8)以下であってもよい。また、検査対象とする凸状部分Cの頂角Aの上限を65°とする場合、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の開口数は、sin65°相当(0.9)以下であってもよい。 The upper limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected may be 55° or 65°. When the upper limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected is 55°, the numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the condensing optical system 2 may be equal to sin 55° (0.8) or less. . Further, when the upper limit of the apex angle A of the convex portion C to be inspected is set to 65°, the numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the condensing optical system 2 is equivalent to sin 65° (0.9) or less. good too.
 集光光学系2において最も物体表面OS側に配置される光学部材の、物体表面OS側の表面(例えば、レンズ部材の物体表面OS側の表面)の有効範囲の端部における法線と、集光光学系2の光軸AXとのなす角度をβとする。また、集光光学系2において最も物体表面OS側に配置される光学部材に入射する光線のうち受光素子3で受光される光線と集光光学系2の光軸AXとがなす最大角度をγとする。なお、γは、集光光学系2において最も物体表面OS側に配置される光学部材に入射する光線のうち受光素子3で受光される光線と集光光学系2から物体表面OSに入射する光の主光線とがなす最大角度ともいえる。 The normal line at the end of the effective range of the surface on the object surface OS side of the optical member arranged closest to the object surface OS in the condensing optical system 2 (for example, the surface on the object surface OS side of the lens member); Let β be the angle between the optical system 2 and the optical axis AX. Also, γ is the maximum angle formed by the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 and the light received by the light receiving element 3 among the rays incident on the optical member arranged closest to the object surface OS in the condensing optical system 2 . and γ is the light beam received by the light receiving element 3 among the light beams incident on the optical member arranged closest to the object surface OS in the light collecting optical system 2 and the light beam incident on the object surface OS from the light collecting optical system 2. can be said to be the maximum angle formed by the principal ray of
 このとき、γ>βとなるようにすることで、集光光学系2は、集光光学系2において最も物体表面OS側に配置される光学部材の、物体表面OS側の表面での反射光の光束の広がりを抑制し、簡素な光学系で反射光を適切に受光素子3に集光することができる。 At this time, by setting γ>β, the light-condensing optical system 2 reflects light from the surface on the object surface OS side of the optical member arranged closest to the object surface OS in the light-condensing optical system 2. , and the reflected light can be appropriately focused on the light receiving element 3 with a simple optical system.
 図5は、集光光学系2において最も物体表面OS側に配置される光学部材を説明する模式図である。 FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram for explaining optical members arranged closest to the object surface OS in the condensing optical system 2 .
 集光光学系2のレンズ群21に含まれる正メニスカスレンズL1は、集光光学系2において最も物体表面OS側に配置される光学部材に該当する。正メニスカスレンズL1の物体表面OS側のレンズ面(以下、第1面という)の曲率半径をrとし、第1面の有効範囲の直径をφeffとする。第1面の有効範囲の端部における法線と集光光学系2の光軸AXとの交点を原点(0,0)とし、第1面の有効範囲の端部における法線と集光光学系2の光軸AXとのなす角度をβとする。 The positive meniscus lens L1 included in the lens group 21 of the condensing optical system 2 corresponds to an optical member arranged closest to the object surface OS in the condensing optical system 2 . Let r be the radius of curvature of the lens surface (hereinafter referred to as the first surface) of the positive meniscus lens L1 on the object surface OS side, and φ eff be the diameter of the effective range of the first surface. With the intersection of the normal at the end of the effective range of the first surface and the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 as the origin (0, 0), the normal at the end of the effective range of the first surface and the condensing optical Let β be the angle between the system 2 and the optical axis AX.
 図5は、集光光学系2の光軸AXを含む平面による正メニスカスレンズL1の切断面を表している。第1面は球面であるため、第1面上の点(x,y)は、以下の式を満足する。 FIG. 5 shows a cut surface of the positive meniscus lens L1 by a plane including the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2. FIG. Since the first surface is spherical, a point (x,y) on the first surface satisfies the following equation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
 第1面の有効範囲の上端部の点Peffの座標は、以下のように表すことができる。 The coordinates of the point P eff at the upper end of the effective range of the first surface can be expressed as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002
 物体表面OSから第1面までの集光光学系2の光軸上の間隔をdとし、照射領域IRの直径をφfieldとする。照射領域IRの上端部の点Pfieldの座標は、以下のように表すことができる。 Let d be the distance on the optical axis of the condensing optical system 2 from the object surface OS to the first surface, and let φ field be the diameter of the irradiation region IR. The coordinates of the point P field at the upper end of the irradiation area IR can be expressed as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000003
 βは、点Peffと原点とを通る直線の傾きに相当する。また、γは、点Peffと点Pfieldとを通る直線の傾きに相当する。したがって、球面である第1面について、条件式γ>βは、以下のように表すことができる。 β corresponds to the slope of a straight line passing through the point P eff and the origin. γ corresponds to the slope of a straight line passing through the point P eff and the point P field . Therefore, for the spherical first surface, the conditional expression γ>β can be expressed as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000004
 図6は、集光光学系2における射影関係を表す図である。 FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the projection relationship in the condensing optical system 2. FIG.
 グラフGR1において、横軸θは照射領域IRで反射された光と集光光学系2の光軸AXとがなす角度を表し、縦軸yは集光光学系2により受光素子3に集光される光の範囲に外接する円の半径を表す。また、fは集光光学系2の焦点距離を表す。 In the graph GR1, the horizontal axis θ represents the angle formed by the light reflected by the irradiation region IR and the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2, and the vertical axis y represents the light converged on the light receiving element 3 by the condensing optical system 2. It represents the radius of the circle circumscribing the range of light. Also, f represents the focal length of the condensing optical system 2 .
 集光光学系2は、条件式 y < fsinθ を満足してもよい。この条件式を満足することにより、受光素子3に集光される光の範囲が大きくなりすぎず、受光素子3のサイズの小さくすることができる。なお、受光素子3のサイズは、受光素子3の受光面のサイズといえる。受光素子3の受光面のサイズが小さくなれば、受光素子3のサイズも小さくなる。また、受光素子3のサイズは、受光素子3に配列された複数の画素が占める領域ともいえる。 The condensing optical system 2 may satisfy the conditional expression y<f sin θ. By satisfying this conditional expression, the range of light converged on the light receiving element 3 does not become too large, and the size of the light receiving element 3 can be reduced. The size of the light receiving element 3 can be said to be the size of the light receiving surface of the light receiving element 3 . As the size of the light receiving surface of the light receiving element 3 becomes smaller, the size of the light receiving element 3 also becomes smaller. Also, the size of the light receiving element 3 can be said to be an area occupied by a plurality of pixels arranged on the light receiving element 3 .
 図4に戻り、光分割部材22は、光源LSから光ファイバを介して射出される光の少なくとも一部を、物体表面OSに向けて反射する。なお、光分割部材22により反射された光源LSからの光は、レンズ群21により光軸AXに沿った平行光とされ、物体表面OSの照射領域IRに照射される。 Returning to FIG. 4, the light splitting member 22 reflects at least part of the light emitted from the light source LS via the optical fiber toward the object surface OS. The light from the light source LS reflected by the light splitting member 22 is converted into parallel light along the optical axis AX by the lens group 21, and the irradiation region IR of the object surface OS is irradiated with the parallel light.
 集光光学系2(レンズ群21)から照射領域IRへの平行光の照射によって反射した、第1反射光RL1および第2反射光RL2は、レンズ群21に入射し、光分割部材22に導かれる。 The first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 reflected by irradiation of parallel light from the condensing optical system 2 (lens group 21) to the irradiation region IR enter the lens group 21 and are guided to the light splitting member 22. be killed.
 光分割部材22の第1反射光RL1が透過する領域には、第1反射光RL1の一部を受光素子3に向けて透過させ、第1反射光RL1の他部を受光素子3に入射しないようにするために、光学薄膜TFが設けられている。例えば、光学薄膜TFは、光分割部材22における第1反射光RL1の光路上であって、かつ光分割部材22における第2反射光RL2の光路外に設けられている。例えば、光学薄膜TFは、光分割部材22の、光軸AXと交差する面内における光軸AXを含む領域に設けられている。 In the region of the light splitting member 22 through which the first reflected light RL1 is transmitted, part of the first reflected light RL1 is transmitted toward the light receiving element 3, and the other part of the first reflected light RL1 is not incident on the light receiving element 3. For this purpose, an optical thin film TF is provided. For example, the optical thin film TF is provided on the optical path of the first reflected light RL<b>1 in the light splitting member 22 and outside the optical path of the second reflected light RL<b>2 in the light splitting member 22 . For example, the optical thin film TF is provided in a region of the light splitting member 22 that includes the optical axis AX in a plane intersecting the optical axis AX.
 光分割部材22の光学薄膜TFは、第1反射光RL1の他部を、受光素子3と異なる方向に反射する。例えば、光学薄膜TFは、集光光学系2の光軸AXに対して45°傾斜した向きに配置され、第1反射光RL1の他部を、光源LSからの光が光学薄膜TFに入射する方向と逆の方向に向けて反射する。つまり、第1反射光RL1は、受光素子3に入射しない。なお、光学薄膜TFは、第1反射光RL1の他部を、光源LSからの光が射出する光ファイバの射出端の方向に向けて反射するともいえる。 The optical thin film TF of the light splitting member 22 reflects the other part of the first reflected light RL1 in a direction different from that of the light receiving element 3. For example, the optical thin film TF is arranged in a direction inclined by 45° with respect to the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2, and the other part of the first reflected light RL1 is incident on the optical thin film TF from the light source LS. Reflect in the opposite direction. That is, the first reflected light RL<b>1 does not enter the light receiving element 3 . It can also be said that the optical thin film TF reflects the other portion of the first reflected light RL1 toward the exit end of the optical fiber from which the light from the light source LS is emitted.
 光学薄膜TFは、第1反射光RL1の一部を透過する。光学薄膜TFを透過した第1反射光RL1の一部は、受光素子3に入射する。光学薄膜TFがない場合に受光素子3へ入射する第1反射光RL1の光量よりも、光学薄膜TFが有る場合に受光素子3へ入射する第1反射光RL1の光量を下げることができる。また、第2反射光RL2は、光学薄膜TFに入射することなく、光分割部材22を介して受光素子3に入射する。したがって、以上の光分割部材22(光学薄膜TF)によって、受光素子3に入射する、第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2との光量差を小さくすることができる。 The optical thin film TF transmits part of the first reflected light RL1. Part of the first reflected light RL<b>1 that has passed through the optical thin film TF enters the light receiving element 3 . The light amount of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving element 3 with the optical thin film TF can be made lower than the light amount of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving element 3 without the optical thin film TF. Also, the second reflected light RL2 enters the light receiving element 3 via the light splitting member 22 without entering the optical thin film TF. Therefore, the light splitting member 22 (optical thin film TF) described above can reduce the light amount difference between the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light receiving element 3 .
 上述のように、第1反射光RL1は、照射領域IRで1回反射した反射光であるのに対して、第2反射光RL2は、照射領域IRで複数回(例えば2回)反射した反射光であり、第1反射光RL1の光量は、第2反射光RL2の光量よりも大きくなる。第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2との光量差が受光素子3のダイナミックレンジを超えると、第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2の少なくとも一方が検出できなくなる場合がある。 As described above, the first reflected light RL1 is reflected once by the irradiation region IR, whereas the second reflected light RL2 is reflected by the irradiation region IR multiple times (for example, twice). light, and the light amount of the first reflected light RL1 is greater than the light amount of the second reflected light RL2. If the light amount difference between the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 exceeds the dynamic range of the light receiving element 3, at least one of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 may not be detected.
 そこで、上述の光分割部材22(光学薄膜TF)によって、受光素子3に入射する第1反射光RL1の光量と第2反射光RL2の光量との差を小さくすることによって、第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2を確実に検出することができる。 Therefore, by reducing the difference between the light amount of the first reflected light RL1 and the light amount of the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light receiving element 3 using the light splitting member 22 (optical thin film TF), the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 can be reliably detected.
 例えば、光学薄膜TFは、ハーフミラーであってもよいし、第1反射光RL1の反射率が50%とは異なる反射膜であってもよい。なお、光学薄膜TFは、入射する光の偏光状態に応じて反射又は透過する膜であってもよい。例えば、入射する光のうちのs偏光成分を反射し、p偏光成分を透過する膜であってもよい。 For example, the optical thin film TF may be a half mirror, or may be a reflecting film having a reflectance different from 50% for the first reflected light RL1. The optical thin film TF may be a film that reflects or transmits light according to the polarization state of incident light. For example, it may be a film that reflects the s-polarized component of the incident light and transmits the p-polarized component.
 また、光分割部材22の光学薄膜TFは、第1反射光RL1の一部を受光素子3に向け透過させ、第1反射光RL1の他部を吸収するよう構成されてもよい。 Further, the optical thin film TF of the light splitting member 22 may be configured to transmit part of the first reflected light RL1 toward the light receiving element 3 and absorb the other part of the first reflected light RL1.
 なお、光学薄膜TFは、光分割部材22における第1反射光RL1の光路全体に設けられていなくてもよい。例えば、光学薄膜TFは、光分割部材22に入射した第1反射光RL1の少なくとも一部の光束が光学薄膜TFに入射するように、光分割部材22における第1反射光RL1の光路の少なくとも一部に設けられていてもよい。 Note that the optical thin film TF does not have to be provided in the entire optical path of the first reflected light RL1 in the light splitting member 22. For example, the optical thin film TF forms at least one optical path of the first reflected light RL1 in the light splitting member 22 so that at least part of the light flux of the first reflected light RL1 that has entered the light splitting member 22 is incident on the optical thin film TF. may be provided in the department.
 なお、光学薄膜TFは、光分割部材22における第2反射光RL2の光路外に設けられていなくてもよい。光学薄膜TFは、光分割部材22に入射した第2反射光RL2の一部の光束が光学薄膜TFに入射するように、光分割部材22における第2反射光RL2の光路の一部に設けられていてもよい。 Note that the optical thin film TF does not have to be provided outside the optical path of the second reflected light RL2 in the light splitting member 22. The optical thin film TF is provided in a part of the optical path of the second reflected light RL2 in the light splitting member 22 so that a part of the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light splitting member 22 is incident on the optical thin film TF. may be
 光分割部材22は、第1反射光RL1のうち上記一部の光量が上記他部の光量よりも少なくなるように構成されてもよい。例えば、光分割部材22の光学薄膜TFは、入射する第1反射光RL1の10%を透過し、90%を反射するように設定されてもよい。また、光分割部材22は、第2反射光RL2が主に入射する領域において、入射する光が実質的に反射、散乱、または吸収されないように設定されてもよい。 The light splitting member 22 may be configured such that the amount of light in the part of the first reflected light RL1 is smaller than the amount of light in the other part. For example, the optical thin film TF of the light splitting member 22 may be set to transmit 10% of the incident first reflected light RL1 and reflect 90%. Further, the light splitting member 22 may be set so that the incident light is not substantially reflected, scattered, or absorbed in the region where the second reflected light RL2 is mainly incident.
 なお、光分割部材22は、光分割部材22の第1反射光RL1が透過する領域には、第1反射光RL1の一部を受光素子3に向けて透過させ、第1反射光RL1の他部を受光素子3に入射しないようにするための光学薄膜TFを有していなくてもよい。例えば、光分割部材22は、光分割部材22の第2反射光RL2の光路上の透過率に対して、光分割部材22の第1反射光RL1の光路上の透過率が低くなるように構成されていてもよい。例えば、光分割部材22は、第1反射光RL1の透過率が第2反射光RL2の透過率よりも低い硝材で光分割部材22における第1反射光RL1の光路の少なくとも一部分(例えば、光分割部材22の、光軸AXに沿った領域の少なくとも一部分)が構成され、第2反射光RL2の透過率が第1反射光RL1の透過率以上の硝材で光分割部材22における第2反射光RL2の光路の少なくとも一部分が構成されていてもよい。 In addition, the light splitting member 22 transmits part of the first reflected light RL1 toward the light receiving element 3 in a region through which the first reflected light RL1 is transmitted. The optical thin film TF for preventing light from entering the light receiving element 3 may not be provided. For example, the light splitting member 22 is configured such that the transmittance of the first reflected light RL1 of the light splitting member 22 on the optical path is lower than the transmittance of the second reflected light RL2 of the light splitting member 22 on the optical path. may have been For example, the light splitting member 22 is made of a glass material whose transmittance of the first reflected light RL1 is lower than that of the second reflected light RL2. At least part of the region along the optical axis AX of the member 22 is configured, and the second reflected light RL2 in the light splitting member 22 is made of a glass material having a transmittance of the second reflected light RL2 equal to or higher than the transmittance of the first reflected light RL1. may comprise at least a portion of the optical path of
 図4を再び参照すると、受光素子3は、2次元に配列された画素を有する、例えばCMOS等の素子である。受光素子3は、第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2とにそれぞれ対応する領域が、空間上で異なる領域として識別できるように集光される面に配置される。 Referring to FIG. 4 again, the light receiving element 3 is, for example, a CMOS or the like having pixels arranged two-dimensionally. The light-receiving element 3 is arranged on the surface where the light is collected so that the areas corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 can be identified as different areas in space.
 受光素子3は、集光光学系2からの光が照射領域IRに照射されることによって、照射領域IRで反射され、集光光学系2により集光される光(例えば、第1反射光RL1及び第2反射光の少なくとも一方の光)の受光の結果を表すデータを出力する。受光の結果を表すデータは、例えば集光光学系2により集光される光(例えば、第1反射光RL1及び第2反射光の少なくとも一方の光)による強度分布を表すデータである。なお、強度分布を表すデータは、2次元画像データであってもよい。 The light-receiving element 3 receives light from the condensing optical system 2 that is irradiated onto the irradiation region IR, is reflected by the irradiation region IR, and is condensed by the condensing optical system 2 (for example, the first reflected light RL1 and at least one of the second reflected light) is output. The data representing the result of light reception is, for example, data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2 (for example, at least one of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light). Note that the data representing the intensity distribution may be two-dimensional image data.
 すなわち、受光素子3は、集光光学系2により集光される光による強度分布を検出することができる。なお、受光素子3から出力される強度分布を表すデータは、検査対象のリブレット構造からの反射光に基づくデータともいえる。なお、受光素子3は、1次元に配列された画素を有する、ラインセンサ等の素子であってもよい。この場合であっても、集光光学系2により集光される光による強度分布を表すデータを出力できる。 That is, the light receiving element 3 can detect the intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2 . The data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 can also be said to be data based on reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected. The light receiving element 3 may be an element such as a line sensor having pixels arranged one-dimensionally. Even in this case, data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2 can be output.
 受光素子3は、集光光学系2に関して物体表面OSと共役な面とは異なる面に配置されてもよい。さらに、受光素子3は、集光光学系2により集光された光を受光する受光面3aを有し、受光面3aが集光光学系2に関して物体表面OSと共役な面とは異なる面に配置されてもよい。 The light receiving element 3 may be arranged on a plane different from the plane conjugated to the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2 . Further, the light-receiving element 3 has a light-receiving surface 3a for receiving the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2, and the light-receiving surface 3a is located on a different plane from the surface conjugated to the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2. may be placed.
 集光光学系2に関して物体表面OSと共役な面は、物体表面OSを物面としたときの集光光学系2の像面、または、リレー光学系などの他の光学系に関して像面と共役な面に相当する。物体表面OS上の一点から集光光学系2に入射する光は、集光光学系2の像面では一点に集光される。つまり、集光光学系2の像面または像面と共役な面では、第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2とが重なり合う。したがって、集光光学系2の像面または像面と共役な面に受光素子3(受光素子3の受光面3a)を配置した場合、集光光学系2の像面または像面と共役な面では第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2とが分離されないため、一つの受光素子3で検出した光の強度分布上で、これらを適切に識別することができない。 The surface conjugate with the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2 is the image plane of the condensing optical system 2 when the object surface OS is the object plane, or the image surface with respect to another optical system such as a relay optical system. equivalent to the Light entering the condensing optical system 2 from one point on the object surface OS is condensed to one point on the image plane of the condensing optical system 2 . In other words, the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 overlap on the image plane of the condensing optical system 2 or on a plane conjugate with the image plane. Therefore, when the light-receiving element 3 (the light-receiving surface 3a of the light-receiving element 3) is arranged on the image plane of the light collecting optical system 2 or on a plane conjugate with the image plane, the image plane of the light collecting optical system 2 or the plane conjugate with the image plane Since the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 are not separated in this case, they cannot be properly identified on the intensity distribution of the light detected by one light receiving element 3 .
 受光素子3(受光面3a)が、集光光学系2に関して物体表面OSと共役な面とは異なる面に配置されることによって、一つの受光素子3で、第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2とを識別して検出することができる。したがって、光学装置1は、第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2-1と第2反射光RL2-2とのそれぞれを個別に検出するための複数の受光素子(例えば、3つの受光素子)や、複数の受光素子それぞれに反射光を入射させるための光学系が不要となるため、小型且つ安価な構成(簡素な構成)でリブレット構造を検査することができる。 The light-receiving element 3 (light-receiving surface 3a) is arranged on a surface different from the surface conjugated to the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2, so that one light-receiving element 3 receives the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL1. The light RL2 can be distinguished and detected. Therefore, the optical device 1 includes a plurality of light receiving elements (for example, three light receiving elements) for individually detecting the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-2. Also, since an optical system for causing reflected light to enter each of the plurality of light receiving elements is not required, the riblet structure can be inspected with a small and inexpensive configuration (simple configuration).
 また、受光面3aは、集光光学系2を構成する光学部材のうち最も受光素子3側に配置される光学部材よりも集光光学系2の射出瞳面側に配置されてもよい。このとき、集光光学系2の射出瞳は、集光光学系2に関して物体表面OSと反対側であってもよい。本実施形態において、集光光学系2を構成する光学部材のうちの最も受光素子3側に配置される光学部材は、光分割部材22である。この場合、光分割部材22と集光光学系2の射出瞳面との距離よりも、集光光学系2の射出瞳面からの距離が近い位置に受光面3aが配置されてもよい。なお、光分割部材22と集光光学系2の射出瞳面との距離よりも集光光学系2の射出瞳面からの距離が近い位置は、物体表面OS側から見て射出瞳面よりも近い位置であってもよいし、射出瞳面よりも遠い位置であってもよい。 Further, the light receiving surface 3 a may be arranged closer to the exit pupil plane of the light collecting optical system 2 than the optical member arranged closest to the light receiving element 3 among the optical members constituting the light collecting optical system 2 . At this time, the exit pupil of the condensing optical system 2 may be on the side opposite to the object surface OS with respect to the condensing optical system 2 . In this embodiment, the optical member arranged closest to the light receiving element 3 among the optical members constituting the condensing optical system 2 is the light splitting member 22 . In this case, the light-receiving surface 3 a may be arranged at a position closer to the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 than the distance between the light splitting member 22 and the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 . Note that the position at which the distance from the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 is shorter than the distance between the light splitting member 22 and the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 is closer to the exit pupil plane when viewed from the object surface OS side. It may be at a near position or at a position farther than the exit pupil plane.
 以上の配置によって、受光面3aは、集光光学系2に関して物体表面OSと共役な面とは異なる位置(集光光学系2の像面または像面と共役な面とは異なる位置)であって、集光光学系2の射出瞳面又は射出瞳面の近傍に配置されることになるため、一つの受光素子3で検出した光の強度分布上で、第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2とを適切に識別できる。 With the arrangement described above, the light-receiving surface 3a is located at a position different from a plane conjugated to the object surface OS with respect to the light-condensing optical system 2 (a position different from the image plane of the light-condensing optical system 2 or a plane conjugated with the image plane). , the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL1 are arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 or in the vicinity of the exit pupil plane. The light RL2 can be properly discriminated.
 また、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の最大開口数で物体表面OS上の一点から集光光学系2に入射して受光素子3に達する光束が受光面3aで占める領域の大きさは、受光面3aの大きさの0倍より大きくてもよい。言い換えると、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の最大開口数で物体表面OS上の一点から集光光学系2に入射して受光素子3に達する光束は、受光素子3の受光面3a上で一点に集光されなくてもよい(集光点を受光面3a上に作らなくてもよい)。別の言い方をすると、受光素子3の受光面3a上に物体表面OSの像を作らなくてもよい。当該領域の大きさは、例えば、受光面3aの大きさの0.1倍以上であってよい。この場合、一つの受光素子3で検出した光の強度分布上で、第1反射光RL1に対応する領域と第2反射光RL2に対応する領域とを適切に識別できる。 Also, the size of the area occupied by the light-receiving surface 3a that is incident on the light-receiving optical system 2 from one point on the object surface OS and reaches the light-receiving element 3 at the maximum numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the light-receiving optical system 2 is , may be larger than 0 times the size of the light receiving surface 3a. In other words, the luminous flux incident on the light-receiving optical system 2 from one point on the object surface OS at the maximum numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the light-receiving optical system 2 and reaching the light receiving element 3 is on the light receiving surface 3a of the light receiving element 3. (It is not necessary to create a condensing point on the light receiving surface 3a). In other words, it is not necessary to create an image of the object surface OS on the light receiving surface 3 a of the light receiving element 3 . The size of the region may be, for example, 0.1 times or more the size of the light receiving surface 3a. In this case, the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 can be properly identified on the intensity distribution of light detected by one light receiving element 3. FIG.
 尚、物体表面OS上の一点の面積は0となることを前提とする。例えば、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の最大開口数で物体表面OS上の一点から集光光学系2に入射して受光素子3に達する光束が受光面3aで占める領域の大きさが、受光面3aの大きさの0倍となる場合、受光面3aは、集光光学系2に関して物体表面OSと共役な面(集光光学系2の像面または像面と共役な面)に配置されていることになる。当該領域の大きさが受光面3aの大きさの0倍、すなわち受光面3a上の一点に集光される場合、受光面3a上において第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2とが重なり合うため、一つの受光素子3で検出した光の強度分布上で、第1反射光RL1に対応する領域と第2反射光RL2に対応する領域とを適切に識別することができない。 It is assumed that the area of one point on the object surface OS is 0. For example, at the maximum numerical aperture on the object surface OS side of the light collecting optical system 2, the size of the area occupied by the light beam entering the light collecting optical system 2 from one point on the object surface OS and reaching the light receiving element 3 on the light receiving surface 3a is , the size of the light receiving surface 3a is 0 times the size of the light receiving surface 3a. It will be placed. When the size of the area is 0 times the size of the light receiving surface 3a, that is, when the light is focused on one point on the light receiving surface 3a, the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 overlap on the light receiving surface 3a. , the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 cannot be properly identified on the intensity distribution of light detected by one light receiving element 3 .
 尚、当該領域の大きさは、受光面3aの大きさの0.1倍以上でなくてもよく、例えば、0.001倍以上、0.01倍以上、1倍以上、及び10倍以上のいずれかであってもよい。 The size of the area may not be 0.1 times or more the size of the light receiving surface 3a, and may be, for example, 0.001 times or more, 0.01 times or more, 1 time or more, and 10 times or more. It can be either.
 受光面3aは、集光光学系2によって物体表面OSに対して光学的にフーリエ変換の関係となる面に配置されていてもよい。なお、集光光学系2によって物体表面OSに対して光学的にフーリエ変換の関係となる面を集光光学系2の瞳面と称してもよい。また、集光光学系2の瞳面と当該瞳面に隣接する入射側の光学面とで定まる瞳空間に配置されていてもよい。 The light-receiving surface 3a may be arranged on a surface that has an optical Fourier transform relationship with the object surface OS by the condensing optical system 2 . Note that the surface that is optically Fourier transformed with respect to the object surface OS by the condensing optical system 2 may be referred to as the pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 . Alternatively, it may be arranged in a pupil space defined by the pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 and the entrance-side optical surface adjacent to the pupil plane.
 集光光学系2において、光源LSから光分割部材22に供給される光束の径は、開口絞りの径に相当する。例えば、集光光学系2の射出瞳面は、光源LSから射出する光束の径が制限される位置(例えば光源LSと光分割部材22とを接続する光ファイバの光分割部材22側の端面)と共役な面である。 In the condensing optical system 2, the diameter of the light flux supplied from the light source LS to the light splitting member 22 corresponds to the diameter of the aperture stop. For example, the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 is a position where the diameter of the light beam emitted from the light source LS is restricted (for example, the end face of the optical fiber connecting the light source LS and the light splitting member 22 on the light splitting member 22 side). It is a conjugate aspect with
 本実施形態の光学装置1では、一例として、受光面3aは、集光光学系2の射出瞳面に配置される。なお、受光面3aは、リレー光学系などの他の光学系を介して、当該他の光学系に関して集光光学系2の射出瞳面と共役な面に配置されてもよい。 In the optical device 1 of the present embodiment, the light receiving surface 3a is arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2, as an example. The light-receiving surface 3a may be arranged on a plane that is conjugate with the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system 2 with respect to the other optical system, such as a relay optical system.
 なお、光学装置1は、第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2-1と第2反射光RL2-2とのそれぞれを個別に検出するための複数の受光素子を備えていてもよいし、複数の受光素子それぞれに反射光を入射させるための光学系を備えていてもよい。 The optical device 1 may include a plurality of light receiving elements for individually detecting the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-2, An optical system may be provided for making reflected light incident on each of the plurality of light receiving elements.
 光源LSは、光束が射出する面、または光源LSから射出した光が入射する送光光学系に関し当該光束が射出する面と共役な面に開口絞りを有してもよい。このような開口絞りにより、集光光学系2により光が照射される照射領域IRへ向かう光束の開き角を適切に設定することができる。なお、開口絞りにより、集光光学系2の物体表面OS側(照射領域IR側)の開口数を適切に調整することができるともいえる。 The light source LS may have an aperture stop on the surface from which the light beam is emitted, or on a surface conjugate with the surface from which the light beam emitted from the light source LS is emitted with respect to the light transmitting optical system on which the light emitted from the light source LS is incident. With such an aperture stop, it is possible to appropriately set the divergence angle of the light beam directed to the irradiation area IR irradiated with light by the light condensing optical system 2 . In addition, it can be said that the numerical aperture of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side (irradiation area IR side) can be appropriately adjusted by the aperture stop.
 なお、送光光学系は、リレー光学系を備えていてもよい。なお、送光光学系は、視野絞りを備えていてもよい。例えば、送光光学系がリレー光学系を備える場合、そのリレー光学系に視野絞りを備えていてもよい。視野絞りにより、集光光学系2により光が照射される照射領域IRの範囲を適切に設定することができる。 It should be noted that the light-sending optical system may include a relay optical system. Note that the light-transmitting optical system may include a field stop. For example, when the light-sending optical system has a relay optical system, the relay optical system may have a field stop. With the field stop, it is possible to appropriately set the range of the irradiation region IR onto which the light is irradiated by the condensing optical system 2 .
 なお、光源LSから射出された光の強度を測定するための光強度測定装置が設けられていてもよい。光強度測定装置は、光源LSから射出されてから照射領域IRに照射されるまでの光の光路上に配置されたハーフミラー等のビームスプリッタで分割された光路上に配置されてもよい。光強度測定装置は、このビームスプリッタで分割された光の強度を測定してもよい。なお、光強度測定装置によって測定された、光源LSから射出された光の強度に基づいて、光源LSの出力を調整してもよい。 A light intensity measuring device for measuring the intensity of light emitted from the light source LS may be provided. The light intensity measuring device may be arranged on an optical path divided by a beam splitter such as a half mirror arranged on the optical path of light emitted from the light source LS and applied to the irradiation region IR. A light intensity measuring device may measure the intensity of the light split by this beam splitter. Note that the output of the light source LS may be adjusted based on the intensity of the light emitted from the light source LS measured by the light intensity measuring device.
 図7は、第1受光データを示す模式図(第1受光データが示す画像の例)である。 FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing the first received light data (an example of an image indicated by the first received light data).
 受光の結果を表す受光データの例である第1受光データRD1において、第1反射光RL1に対応する光量は集光光学系2の光軸AX周辺の中央領域に表され、第2反射光RL2に対応する光量は中央領域以外の領域に表される。図7では、説明のため、物体表面OSにおいて凸状部分Cが連なる第1方向D1と直交する方向に対応する仮想線HL1が示されている。 In the first light reception data RD1, which is an example of light reception data representing the result of light reception, the amount of light corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 is represented in the central region around the optical axis AX of the light collecting optical system 2, and the second reflected light RL2 The amount of light corresponding to is represented in areas other than the central area. For explanation, FIG. 7 shows a virtual line HL1 corresponding to a direction perpendicular to the first direction D1 in which the convex portions C are arranged on the object surface OS.
 凸状部分Cの傾斜面T1および傾斜面T2が第3方向D3について対称の場合、第2反射光RL2に含まれる一対の第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2は仮想線HLに沿って、集光光学系2の光軸AXに対応する位置を中心として対称となる位置に表される。第1受光データRD1において、第1反射光RL1は仮想線HL1に沿った位置に表される。 When the inclined surface T1 and the inclined surface T2 of the convex portion C are symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3, the pair of second reflected light beams RL2-1 and RL2-2 included in the second reflected light beam RL2 are aligned along the virtual line HL. , are symmetrical with respect to the position corresponding to the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 . In the first received light data RD1, the first reflected light RL1 is represented at a position along the imaginary line HL1.
 なお、受光の結果を表す受光データは、集光光学系2で受光面3aに集光される光による強度分布を表すデータであってもよい。なお、集光光学系2で受光面3aに集光される光による強度分布を表すデータは、図7に示す第1受光データRD1のような2次元画像に限られず、例えば仮想線HL1に沿った光量の強度分布が表されたデータであってよい。また、受光の結果を表す受光データには、第2反射光RL2のうち第2反射光RL2-1またはRL2-2のいずれか一方が表されていなくてもよい。例えば、受光素子3は、集光光学系2で受光面3aに集光される第2反射光RL2のうちの第2反射光RL2-1および第2反射光RL2-2の少なくとも一方を検出してもよい。 The light reception data representing the result of light reception may be data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed on the light receiving surface 3a by the condensing optical system 2. The data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed on the light receiving surface 3a by the condensing optical system 2 is not limited to a two-dimensional image such as the first received light data RD1 shown in FIG. The data may be data representing the intensity distribution of the amount of light. Further, either one of the second reflected light RL2-1 and RL2-2 of the second reflected light RL2 may not be represented in the light reception data representing the result of light reception. For example, the light receiving element 3 detects at least one of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the second reflected light RL2-2 of the second reflected light RL2 condensed on the light receiving surface 3a by the condensing optical system 2. may
 図4を再び参照すると、筐体4は、集光光学系2および受光素子3を収容する筐体であり、ポリプロピレン、ABS樹脂といったプラスチック材料により構成される。筐体4は、アルミニウム合金などの金属材料により構成されてもよい。 Referring to FIG. 4 again, the housing 4 is a housing that accommodates the condensing optical system 2 and the light receiving element 3, and is made of a plastic material such as polypropylene or ABS resin. The housing 4 may be made of a metal material such as an aluminum alloy.
 筐体4は、当接部材4aを有する。当接部材4aは、集光光学系2を構成する光学部材のうち最も物体表面OS側に配置される正メニスカスレンズL1よりも物体表面OS側に突出し、物体表面OSに当接可能である。当接部材4aは、物体表面OSのうち照射領域IRを除く少なくとも一部の領域に当接することができる。 The housing 4 has a contact member 4a. The contact member 4a protrudes closer to the object surface OS than the positive meniscus lens L1, which is arranged closest to the object surface OS among the optical members constituting the condensing optical system 2, and can come into contact with the object surface OS. The contact member 4a can contact at least a partial area of the object surface OS excluding the irradiation area IR.
 当接部材4aと集光光学系2とは、当接部材4aが物体表面OSに当接したときに、集光光学系2と物体表面OSとの集光光学系2の光軸AXの方向の間隔が集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の作動距離WDとなるように配置される。当接部材4aと集光光学系2とがこのように配置された光学装置1は、当接部材4aを物体表面OSに当接させることにより、集光光学系2と物体表面OSとの間隔が集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の作動距離WDとなるため、簡単に物体表面OSの検査を行うことができる。 The contact member 4a and the condensing optical system 2 are arranged in the direction of the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 between the condensing optical system 2 and the object surface OS when the contact member 4a contacts the object surface OS. is the working distance WD of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side. In the optical device 1 in which the contact member 4a and the optical condensing system 2 are arranged in this manner, the distance between the optical condensing system 2 and the object surface OS is reduced by bringing the contact member 4a into contact with the object surface OS. is the working distance WD of the condensing optical system 2 on the object surface OS side, the object surface OS can be easily inspected.
 当接部材4aは、支持部材4bを有する。例えば、支持部材4bは、集光光学系2の正メニスカスレンズL1を支持してもよい。支持部材4bは、筐体4に対する正メニスカスレンズL1の位置が変わらないように正メニスカスレンズL1を支持してもよい。支持部材4bは、当接部材4aが物体表面OSに当接したときに、集光光学系2と物体表面OSとの集光光学系2の光軸AXの方向の間隔が集光光学系2の物体表面OS側の作動距離WDとなるように、最も物体表面OS側に配置される正メニスカスレンズL1を支持してもよい。なお、支持部材4bは、正メニスカスレンズL1に加えて、集光光学系2の他の光学部材(正レンズL2、正メニスカスレンズL3、及び光分割部材22の少なくとも一つ)と受光素子3の少なくとも一方を支持してもよい。 The contact member 4a has a support member 4b. For example, the support member 4b may support the positive meniscus lens L1 of the condensing optical system 2. FIG. The support member 4b may support the positive meniscus lens L1 so that the position of the positive meniscus lens L1 with respect to the housing 4 does not change. The support member 4b is such that when the contact member 4a abuts on the object surface OS, the distance between the light collecting optical system 2 and the object surface OS in the direction of the optical axis AX of the light collecting optical system 2 is equal to that of the light collecting optical system 2. The positive meniscus lens L1 arranged closest to the object surface OS may be supported so that the working distance WD on the object surface OS side is . In addition to the positive meniscus lens L1, the support member 4b also includes other optical members of the condensing optical system 2 (at least one of the positive lens L2, the positive meniscus lens L3, and the light splitting member 22) and the light receiving element 3. You may support at least one.
 当接部材4aは、物体表面OSへの当接による物体表面OSの変形を防止するため、物体表面OSの凸状部分Cを構成する材料よりも硬度の小さい材料により構成されていてもよい。 The contact member 4a may be made of a material having a lower hardness than the material forming the convex portions C of the object surface OS in order to prevent deformation of the object surface OS due to contact with the object surface OS.
 当接部材4aは、筐体4と一体に形成されていてもよい。また、当接部材4aは集光光学系2に含まれる光学部材および受光素子3を直接支持していなくてもよく、他の部材がこれらを支持していてもよい。 The contact member 4 a may be formed integrally with the housing 4 . Further, the contact member 4a does not have to directly support the optical members and the light receiving element 3 included in the condensing optical system 2, and other members may support them.
 なお、光学装置1を物体表面OSに当接させなくてもよい。また、筐体4は、当接部材4aを備えていなくてもよい。 Note that the optical device 1 does not have to be brought into contact with the object surface OS. Further, the housing 4 may not have the contact member 4a.
 コンピュータ5は、受光素子3から受光データを取得し、物体表面OSを検査する情報処理装置である。 The computer 5 is an information processing device that acquires light reception data from the light receiving element 3 and inspects the object surface OS.
 コンピュータ5は、光学装置1と、USB(Universal Serial Bus、登録商標)またはBluetooth(登録商標)といった既存の通信規格に従って通信可能に接続される。 The computer 5 is communicably connected to the optical device 1 according to existing communication standards such as USB (Universal Serial Bus, registered trademark) or Bluetooth (registered trademark).
 図7は、コンピュータ5の概略構成を示す模式図である。 FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic configuration of the computer 5. FIG.
 コンピュータ5は、入出力インタフェース51と、メモリ52と、プロセッサ53とを有する。 The computer 5 has an input/output interface 51, a memory 52, and a processor 53.
 入出力インタフェース51は、通信部の一例であり、コンピュータ5が処理すべきデータを受け付け、または、コンピュータ5により処理されたデータを出力するためのインタフェース回路を有する。入出力インタフェース51は、例えばコンピュータ5を光学装置1、キーボード、ディスプレイといった各種周辺機器と接続するための周辺機器インタフェース回路、またはコンピュータ5を通信ネットワークに接続するための通信インタフェース回路を含む。 The input/output interface 51 is an example of a communication section, and has an interface circuit for receiving data to be processed by the computer 5 or for outputting data processed by the computer 5 . The input/output interface 51 includes, for example, a peripheral device interface circuit for connecting the computer 5 to various peripheral devices such as the optical device 1, a keyboard, and a display, or a communication interface circuit for connecting the computer 5 to a communication network.
 メモリ52は、記憶部の一例であり、揮発性の半導体メモリおよび不揮発性の半導体メモリを有する。メモリ52は、プロセッサ53による処理に用いられる各種データ、例えば受光素子3から取得した受光データ、リブレット構造を検査するための基準データや閾値等を記憶する。また、メモリ52は、各種アプリケーションプログラム、例えば検査処理を実行する検査用プログラム等を保存する。なお、リブレット構造を検査するための基準データは、リブレット構造を検査するための参照データともいえる。 The memory 52 is an example of a storage unit, and has a volatile semiconductor memory and a nonvolatile semiconductor memory. The memory 52 stores various data used for processing by the processor 53, such as light receiving data obtained from the light receiving element 3, reference data for inspecting the riblet structure, threshold values, and the like. The memory 52 also stores various application programs such as an inspection program for executing inspection processing. The reference data for inspecting the riblet structure can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the riblet structure.
 プロセッサ53は、制御部の一例であり、1以上のプロセッサおよびその周辺回路を有する。プロセッサ53は、論理演算ユニット、数値演算ユニット、またはグラフィック処理ユニットといった他の演算回路をさらに有していてもよい。 The processor 53 is an example of a control unit and has one or more processors and their peripheral circuits. Processor 53 may further comprise other arithmetic circuitry such as a logic arithmetic unit, a math unit, or a graphics processing unit.
 図9は、コンピュータ5が有するプロセッサ53の機能ブロック図である。 FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram of the processor 53 that the computer 5 has.
 コンピュータ5のプロセッサ53は、機能ブロックとして、演算部531と、検出部532と、測定部533とを有する。プロセッサ53が有するこれらの各部は、プロセッサ53上で実行されるプログラムによって実装される機能モジュールである。プロセッサ53の各部の機能を実現するコンピュータプログラムは、半導体メモリ、磁気記録媒体または光記録媒体といった、コンピュータ読取可能な可搬性の記録媒体に記録された形で提供されてもよい。あるいは、プロセッサ53が有するこれらの各部は、独立した集積回路、マイクロプロセッサ、またはファームウェアとしてコンピュータ5に実装されてもよい。 The processor 53 of the computer 5 has a calculation unit 531, a detection unit 532, and a measurement unit 533 as functional blocks. Each of these units of processor 53 is a functional module implemented by a program executed on processor 53 . A computer program that implements the function of each unit of the processor 53 may be provided in a form recorded in a computer-readable portable recording medium such as a semiconductor memory, magnetic recording medium, or optical recording medium. Alternatively, each of these units of processor 53 may be implemented in computer 5 as separate integrated circuits, microprocessors, or firmware.
 演算部531は、受光素子3から取得した受光データRDに基づいて、物体表面OSにおけるリブレット構造の検査を含む演算を実行する。物体表面OSは、演算部531による演算における検査の対象となる被検査面の一例である。受光素子3から取得した受光データRDは、上述のように、集光光学系2で受光面3aに集光される光による強度分布を表すデータ、例えば画像データであってよい。なお、演算部531は、リブレット構造の検査を行うことから、検査部と称することもできる。 The computation unit 531 executes computation including inspection of the riblet structure on the object surface OS based on the received light data RD acquired from the light receiving element 3 . The object surface OS is an example of an inspected surface to be inspected in the computation by the computing unit 531 . The received light data RD acquired from the light receiving element 3 may be, as described above, data representing the intensity distribution of light condensed on the light receiving surface 3a by the condensing optical system 2, such as image data. Note that the calculation unit 531 can also be called an inspection unit because it inspects the riblet structure.
 演算部531は、物体表面OSの検査において、凸状部分C、領域R、凸状部分Cおよび領域Rのうち少なくとも一つを検査する。 The computing unit 531 inspects at least one of the convex portion C, the region R, the convex portion C, and the region R in the inspection of the object surface OS.
 演算部531は、強度分布を表すデータに基づいて、リブレット構造の検査として、凸状部分Cの形状の良否を判定してもよい。 The calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the convex portion C as an inspection of the riblet structure based on the data representing the intensity distribution.
 演算部531は、受光面3aに入射した第1反射光RL1の強度と受光面3aに入射した第2反射光RL2の強度との比較結果に基づいて、リブレット構造の検査を行ってもよい。例えば、演算部531は、受光面3aに入射した第1反射光RL1の強度と受光面3aに入射した第2反射光RL2の強度との比較結果に基づいて、リブレット構造の検査としてのリブレット構造の形状の良否を判定してもよい。例えば、演算部531は、リブレット構造の形状の良否として、凸状部分Cの形状の良否を判定してもよい。 The calculation unit 531 may inspect the riblet structure based on the comparison result between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving surface 3a and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a. For example, the calculation unit 531 determines the riblet structure as an inspection of the riblet structure based on the comparison result between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving surface 3a and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a. You may judge the quality of the shape of. For example, the calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the convex portion C as the quality of the shape of the riblet structure.
 受光面3aに入射した反射光の強度は、受光素子3で検出される強度分布を表すデータ(強度分布データが表す画像上)における、反射光に対応する領域の輝度に対応する。演算部531は、強度分布を表すデータから(強度分布データが表す画像上の)第1反射光RL1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2に対応する領域を特定する。例えば、演算部531は、強度分布データが表す画像上の、輝度値が所定の閾値以上となる画素を抽出し、抽出した画素の集合をクラスタリングしてグループ化することによって、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第1反射光RL1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2に対応する領域を特定する。 The intensity of the reflected light incident on the light receiving surface 3a corresponds to the brightness of the area corresponding to the reflected light in the data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element 3 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data). The calculation unit 531 identifies the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) from the data representing the intensity distribution. For example, the computing unit 531 extracts pixels whose brightness values are equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, and clusters and groups the extracted pixels so that the intensity distribution data represents A region corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and a region corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 are specified on the image.
 演算部531は、特定されたそれぞれの領域の輝度の最大値(ピーク)、平均値、最頻値、中央値といった統計的代表値を算出する。なお、演算部531で算出された、第1反射光RL1に対応する領域の輝度の代表値は、受光面3aに入射した第1反射光RL1の強度を表す。また、演算部531で算出された、第2反射光RL2に対応する領域の輝度の代表値は、受光面3aに入射した第2反射光RL2の強度を表す。そして、演算部531は、強度分布を表すデータ(強度分布データが表す画像上)における第1反射光RL1に対応する領域の輝度の代表値と第2反射光RL2に対応する領域の輝度の代表値を比較することで、第1反射光RL1の強度と第2反射光RL2の強度とを比較する。 The calculation unit 531 calculates statistical representative values such as the maximum value (peak), average value, mode value, and median value of the brightness of each specified region. Note that the representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 calculated by the calculation unit 531 represents the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 incident on the light receiving surface 3a. Also, the representative value of the luminance of the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 calculated by the calculation unit 531 represents the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a. Then, the calculation unit 531 calculates the representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 in the data representing the intensity distribution (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data). By comparing the values, the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 are compared.
 なお、演算部531は、上述の統計的代表値の少なくとも一つを算出してもよい。つまり、演算部531は、特定されたそれぞれの領域の輝度の最大値(ピーク)、平均値、最頻値、及び中央値の少なくとも一つを算出してもよい。なお、演算部531は、クラスタリングに限られず、他の方法を使って、強度分布を表すデータから(強度分布データが表す画像上の)第1反射光RL1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2に対応する領域を特定してもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 may calculate at least one of the statistical representative values described above. That is, the calculation unit 531 may calculate at least one of the maximum value (peak), average value, mode value, and median value of the brightness of each specified region. It should be noted that the calculation unit 531 is not limited to clustering, and uses other methods to obtain the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) and the second reflected light RL2 from the data representing the intensity distribution. may be identified.
 例えば、演算部531は、テンプレートマッチングを用いて、強度分布データが表す画像上の第1反射光RL1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2に対応する領域を特定してもよい。この場合、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1および第2反射光RL2の基準となる強度分布を表す基準データをテンプレートとして、当該テンプレートと、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータとを比較することによって、強度分布データが表す画像上の第1反射光RL1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2に対応する領域を特定してもよい。 For example, the calculation unit 531 may use template matching to specify the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data. In this case, the calculation unit 531 uses the reference data representing the intensity distribution as the reference of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 as a template, and combines the template with the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3. By comparing , the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data may be identified.
 第1反射光RL1の強度と第2反射光RL2の強度との比較において、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1の強度と第2反射光RL2の強度との比を求める。また、第1反射光RL1の強度と第2反射光RL2の強度との比較において、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1の強度と第2反射光RL2の強度との差を求めてもよい。 In comparing the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2, the computing unit 531 obtains the ratio between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2. Further, in comparing the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2, the calculation unit 531 may obtain the difference between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2. .
 例えば、流体との摩擦等により凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落(摩耗)して丸まっている物体表面OSでは、リブレット構造による流体抵抗の低下が十分ではないことがある。上述の第2反射光RL2の反射方向(つまり、第2反射方向と第3反射方向)へ反射する第2反射光の強度が減少するため、凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落している物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2の強度は、頂部が欠落していない物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2の強度と比較して、減少する。そのため、凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落している物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値は、頂部が欠落していない物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値から変化(例えば、低下)する。 For example, on the object surface OS where the tops of the convex portions C are missing (worn) and rounded due to friction with the fluid, etc., the reduction in fluid resistance due to the riblet structure may not be sufficient. Since the intensity of the second reflected light reflected in the reflection direction of the above-described second reflected light RL2 (that is, the second reflection direction and the third reflection direction) is reduced, the object surface where the top of the convex portion C is missing The intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected at OS is reduced compared to the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected at the non-truncated object surface OS. Therefore, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS where the top of the convex portion C is missing is The brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS that is not exposed to the surface OS changes (eg, decreases) from the statistically representative value.
 なお、詳細には、凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落している物体表面OSは、凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落していない物体表面OSと比較して、所定の頂角A(例えば45°)で規定される傾斜面(傾斜面T1および傾斜面T2)の面積が減少する。したがって、物体表面OSに入射した光が、凸状部分Cの当該傾斜面で反射する量が減少することによって第2反射光RL2の光量が減少する。 More specifically, the object surface OS with the apex of the convex portion C missing is compared with the object surface OS without the apex of the convex portion C with a predetermined apex angle A (for example, 45° ) is reduced (inclined surface T1 and inclined surface T2). Therefore, the light amount of the second reflected light RL2 decreases due to the decrease in the amount of the light incident on the object surface OS that is reflected by the inclined surface of the convex portion C.
 なお、凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落している物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2は、頂部が欠落していない物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2と比較して、受光面3aのより広い領域に分散するともいえる。そのため、頂部が欠落している物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2に対応する領域の輝度の統計的代表値は、頂部が欠落していない物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2に対応する領域の輝度の統計的代表値から変化するともいえる。 It should be noted that the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS where the apex of the convex portion C is missing is compared with the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS where the apex is not missing. It can be said that the light is dispersed over a wider area of the light receiving surface 3a. Therefore, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS with the missing top is the second reflected light reflected by the object surface OS without the missing top. It can also be said that it changes from the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area corresponding to RL2.
 また、凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落している場合であっても領域Rの状態が変わらなければ、凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落していない場合と比較して、領域Rで反射される第1反射光RL1に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値は、実質的に変化しない。 In addition, even if the top of the convex portion C is missing, if the state of the region R does not change, the light reflected in the region R is greater than when the top of the convex portion C is not missing. The statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 does not substantially change.
 以上より、第1反射光RL1の強度と凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落している物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2との強度の比は、第1反射光RL1の強度と凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落していない物体表面OSで反射される第2反射光RL2の強度の比から変化する。 As described above, the ratio between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS where the top of the convex portion C is missing is the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the convex The top of the shaped portion C changes from the ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected by the object surface OS that is not missing.
 演算部531は、例えば、受光データRDに基づいて算出した、第1反射光RL1の強度に対する第2反射光RL2の強度の比の値(つまり、第1反射光RL1に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の代表値に対する、第2反射光RL2に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の代表値の比の値)と基準の比の値との差が所定の閾値を超えた場合、物体表面OSにおける凸状部分Cの形状としての凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりが不良であると判定してもよい。 The calculation unit 531 calculates, for example, the value of the ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 to the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 calculated based on the received light data RD (that is, the intensity distribution data corresponding to the first reflected light RL1). The difference between the ratio of the representative value of the luminance of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 to the representative value of the luminance of the area on the image represented by ) and the reference ratio value exceeds a predetermined threshold value, it may be determined that the rounding of the vertices of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C on the object surface OS is defective.
 なお、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりが不良とは、流体との摩擦等によって凸状部分Cの頂点が比較的大きく欠落(摩耗)している状態であってもよい。なお、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりが不良とは、凸状部分Cが劣化しているともいえる。なお、凸状部分Cの形状としての凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりは、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率ともいえるし、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率半径ともいえる。 It should be noted that the poor rounding of the apex of the convex portion C may be a state in which the apex of the convex portion C is relatively largely missing (worn) due to friction with fluid or the like. In addition, it can be said that the roundness of the vertex of the convex portion C is poor because the convex portion C is deteriorated. The roundness of the apex of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C can be said to be the curvature of the apex of the convex portion C, or the curvature radius of the apex of the convex portion C.
 なお、上記の基準の比の値は、リブレット構造(物体表面OSの凸状部分)の良否を検査するための基準データともいえる。この基準の比の値は、凸状部分Cが良品とみなせる形状(例えば、凸状部分Cの頂部が欠落していない状態)の場合に、実際に、当該良品の凸状部分Cと領域Rが形成された物体表面OSに光を照射して、反射した第1反射光RL1の強度に対する第2反射光RL2の強度の比の値であってもよい。なお、この基準の比の値は、光線追跡法などを用いたシミュレーションによって、良品形状の凸状部分Cと領域Rが形成された面に光を照射したと仮定した場合に算出される第1反射光RL1の強度に対する第2反射光RL2の強度の比の値であってもよい。 It should be noted that the above reference ratio value can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure (the convex portion of the object surface OS). When the convex portion C has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product (for example, the top of the convex portion C is not missing), the ratio value of this reference is actually the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product. may be the ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 to the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 reflected by irradiating light onto the object surface OS on which is formed. The value of this reference ratio is calculated by a simulation using a ray tracing method, etc., when it is assumed that the surface on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are formed is irradiated with light. It may be a ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 to the intensity of the reflected light RL1.
 なお、演算部531は、算出した第1反射光RL1の強度に対する第2反射光RL2の強度の比の値が、基準の比の値と異なっていた場合に、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりが不良と判定してもよい。例えば、演算部531は、算出した第1反射光RL1の強度に対する第2反射光RL2の強度の比の値が、基準の比の値よりも低い場合に、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりが不良と判定してもよい。 Note that if the calculated ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 to the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 is different from the reference ratio, the calculation unit 531 may may be determined to be defective. For example, when the calculated ratio of the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 to the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 is lower than the reference ratio, the calculation unit 531 determines that the apex of the convex portion C is rounded. It may be judged as defective.
 図10は、第1受光データRD1における第1反射光RL1と第2反射光RL2との輝度の比を説明する図である。 FIG. 10 is a diagram explaining the luminance ratio between the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2 in the first received light data RD1.
 例えば、第1受光データRD1に対応するグラフGR2において、横軸は仮想線HL1上の位置を示し、縦軸は第1反射光RL1に対応するピークの輝度を1としたときの輝度の比を示す。第1反射光RL1に対応するピークは、仮想線HL1上の、第2反射光RL2-1に対応するピークとRL2-2に対応するピークとの間に表れる。仮想線HL1上に表れる一対の第2反射光RL2-1およびRL2-2に対応するピークにおける輝度の比の値は0.3である。 For example, in the graph GR2 corresponding to the first received light data RD1, the horizontal axis indicates the position on the virtual line HL1, and the vertical axis indicates the luminance ratio when the peak luminance corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 is set to 1. show. The peak corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 appears between the peak corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the peak corresponding to RL2-2 on the virtual line HL1. The luminance ratio value at the peak corresponding to the pair of second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 appearing on the virtual line HL1 is 0.3.
 例えば、リブレット構造(物体表面OSの凸状部分)の良否を検査するための基準データ(例えば、上述の基準の比の値)が0.2で、所定の閾値が±0.2である場合、第2反射光RL2-1およびRL2-2に対応するピークにおける輝度の比0.3と基準の比の値0.2との差は0.1となり、所定の閾値±0.2を超えないため、演算部531は、物体表面OSの凸状部分Cの形状としての凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりは良好であると判定する。 For example, when the reference data (for example, the value of the above reference ratio) for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure (the convex portion of the object surface OS) is 0.2, and the predetermined threshold is ±0.2. , the difference between the luminance ratio 0.3 at the peaks corresponding to the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 and the reference ratio value 0.2 is 0.1, exceeding the predetermined threshold ±0.2. Therefore, the calculation unit 531 determines that the roundness of the vertices of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C of the object surface OS is good.
 なお、演算部531により良否を判定する対象は、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりに限られない。例えば、演算部531は、上述の処理によって、リブレット構造の形状(凸状部分Cの形状)としての、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、凸状部分Cの対称性、及び第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つの良否を判定してもよい。 It should be noted that the target of quality determination by the computing unit 531 is not limited to the roundness of the apex of the convex portion C. For example, the calculation unit 531 performs the above-described processing to determine the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the height of the convex portion C as the shape of the riblet structure (the shape of the convex portion C). At least one of the symmetry and the interval P between the convex portions C in the second direction D2 may be determined.
 なお、演算部531は、上述の光強度測定装置から出力される、光源LSから射出された光の強度も用いて、リブレット構造の良否を判定してもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 may also use the intensity of the light emitted from the light source LS, which is output from the light intensity measuring device described above, to determine the quality of the riblet structure.
 なお、演算部531は、第2反射光RL2のうちの第2反射光RL2-1、または第2反射光RL2-2を上述のリブレット構造の良否の検査に用いなくてもよい。この場合、演算部531は、第2反射光RL2-1の強度(つまり、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値)、又は第2反射光RL2-2の強度(つまり、第2反射光RL2-2に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値)を算出しなくてもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 does not have to use the second reflected light RL2-1 or the second reflected light RL2-2 of the second reflected light RL2 for the quality inspection of the riblet structure described above. In this case, the computing unit 531 calculates the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1), or It is not necessary to calculate the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2).
 例えば、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1の強度と第2反射光RL2-1の強度との比(つまり、第1反射光RL1に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値に対する、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の代表値の比の値)、又は第1反射光RL1の強度と第2反射光RL2-2の強度との比(つまり、第1反射光RL1に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値に対する、第2反射光RL2-2に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値の比の値)を算出し、上述のリブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データと比較することによって、リブレット構造の形状の良否(例えば、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりの良否)を判定してもよい。 For example, the computing unit 531 calculates the ratio between the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 (that is, the luminance of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the first reflected light RL1). ratio of the representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1, or the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflection The ratio of the intensity of the light RL2-2 (that is, the statistical representative value of the luminance of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, corresponding to the first reflected light RL1, corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2, The quality of the shape of the riblet structure is determined by calculating the ratio of the statistical representative values of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) and comparing it with the reference data for checking the quality of the riblet structure. (For example, whether or not the vertex of the convex portion C is rounded) may be determined.
 なお、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1を上述のリブレット構造の良否の検査に用いなくてもよい。この場合、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1の強度(つまり、第1反射光RL1に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値)を算出しなくてもよい。例えば、演算部531は、第2反射光RL2の強度(つまり、第2反射光RL2に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値)を算出し、リブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データと比較することによって、リブレット構造の形状の良否(例えば、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まりの良否)を判定してもよい。 It should be noted that the calculation unit 531 does not have to use the first reflected light RL1 for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure described above. In this case, the computing unit 531 does not need to calculate the intensity of the first reflected light RL1 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the first reflected light RL1). good. For example, the calculation unit 531 calculates the intensity of the second reflected light RL2 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2), and calculates the intensity of the riblet structure. The quality of the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the quality of rounding of the apex of the convex portion C) may be determined by comparing with reference data for quality inspection.
 なお、この場合、リブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データは、凸状部分Cが良品とみなせる形状の場合に、実際に、当該良品の凸状部分Cと領域Rが形成された物体表面OSに光を照射して、反射した第2反射光RL2の基準の強度であってもよいし、シミュレーションによって算出された第2反射光RL2の基準の強度であってもよい。 In this case, the reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure is the object surface on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are actually formed when the convex portion C has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product. It may be the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2 reflected by irradiating the OS with light, or may be the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2 calculated by simulation.
 演算部531は、第2反射光RL2のうちの、第2反射光RL2-1の強度(つまり、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値)、又は第2反射光RL2-2の強度(つまり、第2反射光RL2-2に対応する、強度分布データが表す画像上の領域の輝度の統計的代表値)を算出し、上述のリブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データと比較することによって、リブレット構造の形状の良否を判定してもよい。 The calculation unit 531 calculates the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 in the second reflected light RL2 (that is, the statistics of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1). typical representative value), or the intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 (that is, the statistical representative value of the brightness of the area on the image represented by the intensity distribution data corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2), The quality of the shape of the riblet structure may be determined by comparing with the reference data for testing the quality of the riblet structure.
 例えば、演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-1の強度と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の強度との差と所定の閾値とを比較することによってリブレット構造の形状の良否を判定してもよい。演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-2の強度と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の強度との差と所定の閾値とを比較することによってリブレット構造の形状の良否を判定してもよい。 For example, the computing unit 531 compares the difference between the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 with a predetermined threshold to judge the quality of the shape of the riblet structure. You can judge. The calculation unit 531 compares the difference between the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 with a predetermined threshold to determine the quality of the shape of the riblet structure. may
 なお、例えば、演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-1の強度が第2反射光RL2-1の基準の強度と異なる場合に、リブレット構造の形状が不良と判定してもよい。演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-2の強度が第2反射光RL2-2の基準の強度と異なる場合に、リブレット構造の形状が不良と判定してもよい。 Note that, for example, the calculation unit 531 may determine that the shape of the riblet structure is defective when the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 is different from the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1. The calculation unit 531 may determine that the shape of the riblet structure is defective when the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 is different from the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2.
 例えば、演算部531は、演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-1の強度が第2反射光RL2-1の基準の強度よりも低い場合に、リブレット構造の形状が不良と判定してもよい。演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-2の強度が第2反射光RL2-2の基準の強度よりも低い場合に、リブレット構造の形状が不良と判定してもよい。 For example, the computing unit 531 determines that the shape of the riblet structure is defective when the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1 is lower than the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-1. may The calculation unit 531 may determine that the shape of the riblet structure is defective when the calculated intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2 is lower than the reference intensity of the second reflected light RL2-2.
 演算部531は、受光面3aへの、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置との間隔と、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔とに基づいて、リブレット構造の検査を行ってもよい。例えば、演算部531は、受光面3aへの、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置との間隔と、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔とに基づいて、リブレット構造の検査としてのリブレット構造の形状の良否を判定してもよい。例えば、演算部531は、リブレット構造の形状の良否として、凸状部分Cの形状の良否を判定してもよい。 The calculation unit 531 calculates the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2- An inspection of the riblet structure may be performed based on the two incident positions and the spacing. For example, the calculation unit 531 calculates the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1, and the second reflected light. The quality of the shape of the riblet structure as an inspection of the riblet structure may be determined based on the distance from the incident position of RL2-2. For example, the calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the convex portion C as the quality of the shape of the riblet structure.
 受光面3aへの反射光の入射位置は、受光素子3で検出される強度分布を表すデータにおける(強度分布データが表す画像上の)、反射光に対応する領域の位置に対応する。演算部531は、上述と同様に、強度分布を表すデータから(強度分布データが表す画像上の)第1反射光RL1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2に対応する領域を特定する。例えば、演算部531は、強度分布データが表す画像上の、輝度値が所定の閾値以上となる画素を抽出し、抽出した画素の集合をクラスタリングしてグループ化する。なお、演算部531は、テンプレートマッチングを用いて、強度分布データが表す画像上の第1反射光RL1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2に対応する領域を特定してもよい。 The incident position of the reflected light on the light receiving surface 3a corresponds to the position of the area corresponding to the reflected light in the data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element 3 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data). As described above, the calculation unit 531 identifies the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) from the data representing the intensity distribution. For example, the computing unit 531 extracts pixels whose brightness values are equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, and clusters and groups the extracted pixels. Note that the calculation unit 531 may use template matching to specify the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data.
 演算部531は、特定された、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第1反射光RL1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2に対応する領域それぞれについて、最大輝度を有する画素の位置、および領域の幾何学重心の位置の少なくとも一方を、反射光の代表位置として算出する。 The computing unit 531 calculates the position of the pixel having the maximum luminance and the region corresponding to the region corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the region corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 on the specified image represented by the intensity distribution data. At least one of the positions of the geometrical center of gravity of is calculated as a representative position of the reflected light.
 なお、演算部531で算出された、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置(第1反射光RL1の代表位置)は、受光面3aにおける第1反射光RL1の入射位置を表す。また、演算部531で算出された、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第2反射光RL2に対応する位置(第2反射光RL2の代表位置)は、受光面3aにおける第2反射光RL2の入射位置を表す。 Note that the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 (representative position of the first reflected light RL1) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data calculated by the calculation unit 531 is the position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a. represents the incident position. Further, the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data calculated by the calculation unit 531 is the position of the second reflected light RL2 on the light receiving surface 3a. represents the incident position.
 そして、演算部531は、特定された、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置(第1反射光RL1の代表位置)と第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2に対応する位置(第2反射光RL2の代表位置)とに基づいて、強度分布が表す画像上における、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-1に対応する位置との間隔と、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-2に対応する位置との間隔とを算出する。 Then, the computing unit 531 calculates the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 (representative position of the first reflected light RL1) and the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2- on the specified image represented by the intensity distribution data. 2 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2), the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 on the image represented by the intensity distribution. and the distance between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2.
 なお、強度分布が表す画像上における、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-1に対応する位置との間隔は、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置との間隔を表す。また、強度分布が表す画像上における、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-2に対応する位置との間隔は、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔を表す。 Note that the interval between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 on the image represented by the intensity distribution is the same as the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2. It represents the distance from the incident position of -1. Further, the interval between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution is the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2. It represents the distance from the incident position of -2.
 例えば、第2反射光RL2-1は凸状部分Cの傾斜面T1および領域Rで反射された光であり、第2反射光RL2-2は凸状部分Cの傾斜面T2および領域Rで反射された光である。傾斜面T1の傾斜と傾斜面T2の傾斜とが第3方向D3に対して対称でない場合、第2反射光RL2-1の反射方向と第2反射光RL2-2の反射方向とが対称とならない。その結果、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置との間隔と、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔とが相違する。演算部531は、算出した第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置との間隔と、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔との比または差と基準の比の値または基準の差の値との差が所定の閾値を超える場合、凸状部分Cの形状としての凸状部分Cの対称性が不良と判定することができる。 For example, the second reflected light RL2-1 is light reflected by the inclined surface T1 and the region R of the convex portion C, and the second reflected light RL2-2 is reflected by the inclined surface T2 and the region R of the convex portion C. It is the light that is made. When the inclination of the inclined surface T1 and the inclination of the inclined surface T2 are not symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3, the reflection direction of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the reflection direction of the second reflected light RL2-2 are not symmetrical. . As a result, the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2, and is different. The calculation unit 531 calculates the calculated interval between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2. If the difference between the ratio or difference between the interval and the reference ratio value or the reference difference value exceeds a predetermined threshold value, the symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C is judged to be bad. can do.
 演算部531は、算出した第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置との間隔と第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔との比または差と、基準の比の値または基準の差の値との差が所定の閾値を超えない場合、凸状部分Cの形状としての凸状部分Cの対称性が良好と判定することができる。 The calculation unit 531 calculates the calculated distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1, and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2. If the difference between the ratio or difference between the intervals and the reference ratio value or reference difference value does not exceed a predetermined threshold value, the symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C is considered to be good. can judge.
 なお、上記の基準の値は、リブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データともいえる。この基準の値は、凸状部分Cが良品とみなせる形状(例えば、凸状部分Cの、一方の傾斜面T1と他方の傾斜面T2とが第3方向D3に対して対称の状態)の場合に、実際に、当該良品の凸状部分Cと領域Rが形成された物体表面OSに光を照射して反射した、第1反射光RL1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置との間隔と第1反射光RL1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置との間隔との比または差であってもよい。 It should be noted that the above standard values can also be said to be standard data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure. This reference value is used when the convex portion C has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product (for example, one inclined surface T1 and the other inclined surface T2 of the convex portion C are symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3). In addition, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the second reflected light RL2, which are actually reflected by irradiating the object surface OS on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are formed, are shown. -1 to the distance between the position of incidence of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the position of incidence of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a, or It can be a difference.
 なお、この基準の値は、光線追跡法などを用いたシミュレーションによって、良品形状の凸状部分Cと領域Rが形成された面に光を照射したと仮定した場合に算出される、第1反射光RL1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置との間隔と第1反射光RL1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置との間隔との比または差であってもよい。 It should be noted that this reference value is calculated by a simulation using a ray tracing method or the like, assuming that the surface on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are formed is irradiated with light. The distance between the incident position of the light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a, and the second reflected light RL2- It may be a ratio or a difference between the two incident positions on the light receiving surface 3a.
 なお、演算部531は、算出した第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置との間隔と、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔と、の比の値または差の値が、基準の比の値または基準の差の値と異なっていた場合に、凸状部分Cの対称性が不良と判定してもよい。なお、演算部531は、算出した第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置との間隔と第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔とが異なっていた場合に、凸状部分Cの対称性が不良と判定してもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 calculates the distance between the calculated incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the distance between the calculated incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2-2. The symmetry of the convex portion C may be determined to be poor when the ratio value or the difference value between the distance from the incident position is different from the reference ratio value or the reference difference value. . Note that the calculation unit 531 calculates the calculated distance between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, the incident position of the first reflected light RL1, and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2. It may be determined that the symmetry of the convex portion C is bad when the distance from the position is different.
 なお、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1の受光面3aへの入射位置と、第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置と、第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置に基づいて、凸状部分Cの形状としての凸状部分Cの対称性の良否を判定してもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 calculates the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, and the light receiving surface 3a of the second reflected light RL2-2. The symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C may be determined based on the incident position of the beam.
 この場合、演算部531は、上述と同様に、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置(第1反射光RL1の代表位置)と第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2に対応する位置(第2反射光RL2の代表位置)とをそれぞれの反射光の入射位置として算出する。 In this case, as described above, the computing unit 531 calculates the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 (representative position of the first reflected light RL1), the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-1 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data. The position corresponding to RL2-2 (the representative position of the second reflected light RL2) is calculated as the incident position of each reflected light.
 そして、演算部531は、算出した第1反射光RL1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第1反射光RL1の基準の入射位置との差(間隔)と、算出した第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の入射位置との差(間隔)と、算出した第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の入射位置との差(間隔)に基づいて、リブレット構造の形状の良否(例えば、凸状部分Cの対称性の良否)を判定してもよい。 Then, the calculation unit 531 calculates the difference (interval) between the calculated incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the first reflected light RL1, and the calculated second reflected light RL2-1. The difference (interval) between the incident position on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the calculated incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a and the second reflection The quality of the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the quality of the symmetry of the convex portion C) may be determined based on the difference (interval) from the reference incident position of the light RL2-2.
 例えば、演算部531は、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第1反射光RL1の基準の入射位置との差、第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の入射位置との差、及び第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の入射位置との差のうち少なくとも一つの差が、所定の閾値を超える場合、リブレット構造の形状(例えば、凸状部分Cの対称性)が不良と判定してもよい。 For example, the computing unit 531 calculates the difference between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the reference incident position of the first reflected light RL1, the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the second reflected light. At least one of the difference from the reference incident position of RL2-1 and the difference between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 exceeds a predetermined threshold. , the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the symmetry of the convex portion C) may be determined to be defective.
 なお、上記の基準の入射位置は、リブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データともいえる。上記の基準の入射位置は、リブレット構造が良品とみなせる形状(例えば、凸状部分Cの、一方の傾斜面T1と他方の傾斜面T2とが第3方向D3に対して対称の状態)の場合に、実際に、良品のリブレット構造が形成された物体表面OSに光を照射して、反射した、第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置および第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置であってもよい。 It should be noted that the above reference incident position can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure. The above reference incident position is the case where the riblet structure has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product (for example, one inclined surface T1 and the other inclined surface T2 of the convex portion C are symmetrical with respect to the third direction D3). In addition, the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light-receiving surface 3a and the second reflected light RL2- 2 may be a reference incident position to the light receiving surface 3a.
 なお、上記の基準の入射位置は、シミュレーションによって算出される、第1反射光RL1の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置、第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置、及び第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置であってもよい。 Note that the above reference incident positions are the reference incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a, the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a, and the reference incident position on the light receiving surface 3a. and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a.
 なお、第1反射光RL1の入射位置と第1反射光RL1の基準の入射位置との差、第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の入射位置との差、及び第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の入射位置との差の少なくとも一つの差と、所定の閾値とを比較することは、強度分布データが表す画像(言い換えれば、強度分布)における、第1反射光RL1の位置、第2反射光RL2-1の位置、及び第2反射光RL2-2の位置の少なくとも一つの位置が、第1反射光RL1の位置、第2反射光RL2-1の位置、及び第2反射光RL2-2の位置の少なくとも一つの位置の基準範囲に含まれるか否かを判定することによってリブレット構造を検査するともいえる。 Note that the difference between the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 and the reference incident position of the first reflected light RL1, the difference between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1. By comparing at least one difference between the difference and the difference between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 with a predetermined threshold, the intensity distribution data is At least one of the position of the first reflected light RL1, the position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the position of the second reflected light RL2-2 in the represented image (in other words, intensity distribution) is the first reflected light It can also be said that the riblet structure is inspected by determining whether or not at least one of the position of RL1, the position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the position of the second reflected light RL2-2 is included in the reference range. .
 なお、演算部531により良否を判定する対象は、凸状部分Cの対称性に限られない。例えば、演算部531は、上述の処理によって、リブレット構造の形状(凸状部分Cの形状)としての、凸状部分Cの丸まり、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、及び第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つの良否を判定してもよい。 It should be noted that the object of quality determination by the computing unit 531 is not limited to the symmetry of the convex portion C. For example, the calculation unit 531 performs the above-described processing to determine the roundness of the convex portion C, the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height of the convex portion C, and the height of the convex portion C as the shape of the riblet structure (the shape of the convex portion C). The quality of at least one of H and the interval P between the convex portions C in the second direction D2 may be determined.
 なお、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1の受光面3aへの入射位置を用いず、第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置と、第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置に基づいて、リブレット構造の形状の良否(例えば、リブレット構造の凸状部分Cの形状としての凸状部分Cの対称性の良否)を判定してもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 does not use the incident position of the first reflected light RL1 on the light receiving surface 3a, but calculates the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a The quality of the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the quality of the symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C of the riblet structure) may be determined based on the incident position on the surface 3a.
 この場合、演算部531は、上述と同様に、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2に対応する位置(第2反射光RL2の代表位置)をそれぞれの反射光の入射位置として算出する。 In this case, in the same manner as described above, the computing unit 531 calculates positions corresponding to the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 (representative positions of the second reflected light RL2) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data. It is calculated as the incident position of the reflected light.
 そして、演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の入射位置との差(間隔)と、算出した第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の入射位置との差(間隔)を比較することによってリブレット構造の形状の良否(例えば、凸状部分Cの対称性の良否)を判定してもよい。 Then, the calculation unit 531 calculates the difference (interval) between the calculated incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the calculated second reflected light RL2-1. By comparing the difference (interval) between the incident position of the light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2, the quality of the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the convex portion C) can be determined. symmetry) may be determined.
 例えば、演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の入射位置との差と、算出した第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の入射位置との差との差又は比が所定の閾値を超える場合、リブレット構造の形状が不良と判定してもよい。 For example, the computing unit 531 calculates the difference between the calculated incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the calculated second reflected light RL2- 2 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 exceeds a predetermined threshold value, it may be determined that the shape of the riblet structure is defective. .
 なお、上記の基準の入射位置は、リブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データともいえる。上記の基準の入射位置は、リブレット構造が良品とみなせる形状の場合に、実際に、良品のリブレット構造が形成された物体表面OSに光を照射して、反射した第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置であってもよい。 It should be noted that the above reference incident position can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure. When the riblet structure has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product, the above reference incident position is the second reflected light RL2-1 that is actually reflected by irradiating the object surface OS on which the riblet structure of a non-defective product is formed. The reference incident position on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position on the light receiving surface 3a of the second reflected light RL2-2 may be used.
 なお、この基準の入射位置は、シミュレーションによって算出される、第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置であってもよい。 The reference incident position is the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a, which are calculated by simulation. may be
 なお、演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の入射位置との差の値と、算出した第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の入射位置との差の値とが異なっていた場合、リブレット構造の形状(例えば、凸状部分Cの対称性)が不良と判定してもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 calculates the value of the difference between the calculated incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the calculated second reflected light If the value of the difference between the incident position of RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 is different, the shape of the riblet structure (for example, the symmetry of the convex portion C ) may be determined to be defective.
 ここで、例えば、凸状部分Cの対称性は、一対の傾斜面のうちの一方の傾斜面T1および他方の傾斜面T2の第3方向D3に対する対称性といえる。例えば、上述のように、演算部531が、対称性が不良と判定した場合、傾斜面T1と傾斜面T2は、第3方向D3に対して非対称な(対称性が崩れている)状態であるといえる。 Here, for example, the symmetry of the convex portion C can be said to be the symmetry of one inclined surface T1 and the other inclined surface T2 of the pair of inclined surfaces with respect to the third direction D3. For example, as described above, when the calculation unit 531 determines that the symmetry is poor, the inclined surface T1 and the inclined surface T2 are in an asymmetrical (broken symmetry) state with respect to the third direction D3. It can be said.
 なお、凸状部分Cの対称性は、一方の傾斜面T1が領域Rとなす角度と、他方の傾斜面T2が領域Rとなす角度との関係ともいえる。これらの角度が相違する場合、傾斜面T1および傾斜面T2は、第3方向D3に対して非対称な(対称性が崩れている)状態であるといえる。 The symmetry of the convex portion C can also be said to be the relationship between the angle formed by the region R and the inclined surface T1 on one side and the angle formed by the region R by the inclined surface T2 on the other side. If these angles are different, it can be said that the inclined surface T1 and the inclined surface T2 are in an asymmetrical (loose symmetry) state with respect to the third direction D3.
 なお、一方の傾斜面T1が接する領域Rと他方の傾斜面T2が接する領域Rとが同一平面または平行な2つの平面のそれぞれに含まれる場合、一方の傾斜面T1に反射される第2反射光RL2-1の方向および他方の傾斜面T2に反射される第2反射光RL2-2の方向は、領域Rが含まれる平面の法線方向に対する傾きを表す。第1反射光RL1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2に対応する位置との間隔は、それぞれ第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2の方向に対応する。 When the region R with which one inclined surface T1 is in contact and the region R with which the other inclined surface T2 is in contact are included in the same plane or two parallel planes, the second reflection is reflected by one inclined surface T1. The direction of the light RL2-1 and the direction of the second reflected light RL2-2 reflected by the other inclined surface T2 represent the inclination of the plane in which the region R is included with respect to the normal direction. The distance between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the positions corresponding to the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 correspond to the directions of the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2, respectively.
 演算部531は、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2に対応する位置との間隔に基づいて、一対の傾斜面のうちの一方の傾斜面と他方の傾斜面との対称性を判定してもよい。例えば、演算部531は、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-1に対応する位置との間隔と、第1反射光RL1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-2に対応する位置との間隔と、の比または差が所定の閾値を超える場合、受光データに対応する凸状部分Cにおける傾斜面の対称性が不良と判定してもよい。 Based on the distance between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the positions corresponding to the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2, the calculation unit 531 calculates one of the pair of tilted surfaces and the other tilted surface. may be determined for symmetry with the inclined plane of . For example, the computing unit 531 calculates the distance between the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1, the position corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light RL2-2. If the ratio or difference between the distance from the position corresponding to and exceeds a predetermined threshold value, it may be determined that the symmetry of the inclined surface in the convex portion C corresponding to the received light data is defective.
 なお、演算部531は、第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置と、第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置とに基づいて、リブレット構造を検査(例えば、凸状部分Cの形状としての凸状部分Cの対称性の良否を判定)してもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 inspects the riblet structure (for example, , the quality of the symmetry of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C may be determined).
 この場合、演算部531は、上述と同様に、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2に対応する位置(第2反射光RL2の代表位置)を、それぞれの反射光の入射位置として算出する。 In this case, similarly to the above, the computing unit 531 calculates positions corresponding to the second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 (representative positions of the second reflected light RL2) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, respectively. is calculated as the incident position of the reflected light.
 そして、演算部531は、算出した第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の入射位置との差(間隔)と、算出した第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の入射位置との差(間隔)とに基づいて、リブレット構造を検査してもよい。 Then, the calculation unit 531 calculates the difference (interval) between the calculated incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the calculated second reflected light RL2-1. The riblet structure may be inspected based on the difference (interval) between the incident position of the light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2.
 例えば、演算部531は、第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の入射位置との差、および、第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の入射位置との差、のうち少なくとも一つの差が、所定の閾値を超える場合、リブレット構造の形状が不良と判定してもよい。 For example, the computing unit 531 calculates the difference between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the second reflected light RL2-2. If at least one of the differences from the reference incident position of the light RL2-2 exceeds a predetermined threshold value, it may be determined that the shape of the riblet structure is defective.
 なお、上記の基準の入射位置は、リブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データともいえる。上記の基準の入射位置は、リブレット構造が良品とみなせる形状の場合に、実際に、良品のリブレット構造が形成された物体表面OSに光を照射して、反射した、第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置および第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置であってもよい。 It should be noted that the above reference incident position can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure. When the riblet structure has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product, the above reference incident position is the second reflected light RL2-1 that is actually reflected by irradiating the object surface OS on which the non-defective riblet structure is formed. and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a.
 なお、上記の基準の入射位置は、シミュレーションによって算出される、第2反射光RL2-1の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置、及び第2反射光RL2-2の受光面3aへの基準の入射位置であってもよい。 Note that the above reference incident position is the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a and the reference position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a, which are calculated by simulation. It may be the incident position.
 なお、第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-1の基準の入射位置との差、及び第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の基準の入射位置との差のそれぞれと、所定の閾値とを比較することは、強度分布データが表す画像(言い換えれば、強度分布)における、第2反射光RL2-1の位置、及び第2反射光RL2-2の位置が、第2反射光RL2-1の位置、及び第2反射光RL2-2の位置の基準範囲に含まれるか否かを判定することによってリブレット構造を検査するともいえる。 Note that the difference between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the reference incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1, and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the reference of the second reflected light RL2-2 By comparing each difference from the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 with a predetermined threshold value, the position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the second reflected light RL2-1 in the image represented by the intensity distribution data (in other words, the intensity distribution) It can also be said that the riblet structure is inspected by determining whether the position of RL2-2 is included in the reference range of the position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the position of the second reflected light RL2-2.
 領域Rは、物体表面OSにおける流体との摩擦により削れたり、異物との衝突により欠けたりすることがある。演算部531は、リブレット構造の形状としての領域Rの形状の良否を検査してもよい。 The region R may be scraped due to friction with the fluid on the object surface OS, or chipped due to collision with foreign matter. The calculation unit 531 may inspect the quality of the shape of the region R as the shape of the riblet structure.
 例えば、演算部531は、受光素子3から出力された、集光光学系2により集光される光による強度分布を表すデータ(検査対象のリブレット構造からの反射光に基づくデータ)に基づいて、領域Rの形状の良否を検査してもよい。 For example, based on the data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2 output from the light receiving element 3 (data based on the reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected), The quality of the shape of the region R may be inspected.
 この場合、演算部531は、強度分布を表すデータと、基準となる強度分布を表すデータとを比較することによって、領域Rの形状の良否を判定してもよい。基準となる強度分布を表すデータは、リブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データともいえる。 In this case, the calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the region R by comparing the data representing the intensity distribution with the data representing the reference intensity distribution. The data representing the reference intensity distribution can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure.
 上記の基準の強度分布は、領域Rが良品とみなせる形状の場合に、実際に、当該良品の凸状部分Cと領域Rが形成された物体表面OSに光を照射して、反射した反射光による基準の強度分布データであってもよい。なお、この基準の強度分布データは、光線追跡法などのシミュレーションによって算出されてもよい。 When the region R has a shape that can be regarded as a non-defective product, the above reference intensity distribution is obtained by actually irradiating the object surface OS on which the convex portion C and the region R of the non-defective product are formed, and reflecting the reflected light. It may be the intensity distribution data of the reference by. The reference intensity distribution data may be calculated by simulation such as a ray tracing method.
 なお、演算部531は、リブレット構造の形状の良否(凸状部分Cの形状の良否)を判定するための上述のいずれかの処理を用いて領域Rの形状の良否を判定してもよい。なお、演算部531は、リブレット構造の形状の良否(凸状部分Cの形状の良否)を判定するための上述のいずれかの処理を用いて凸状部分Cの形状の良否と領域Rの形状の良否を判定してもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 may determine the quality of the shape of the region R using any of the processes described above for determining the quality of the shape of the riblet structure (the quality of the shape of the convex portion C). Note that the calculation unit 531 determines the quality of the shape of the convex portion C and the shape of the region R by using any of the processes described above for determining the quality of the shape of the riblet structure (the quality of the shape of the convex portion C). You may judge the quality of
 なお、領域Rには、異物が詰まることがある。領域Rの形状は、異物の詰まりにより変化した形状を含んでもよい。 It should be noted that the region R may be clogged with foreign matter. The shape of the region R may include a shape changed due to clogging with foreign matter.
 演算部531は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータ(検査対象のリブレット構造からの反射光に基づくデータ)と、良品基準データおよび不良品基準データの少なくとも一方とを比較することで、リブレット構造の良否を検査してもよい。演算部531は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータと、良品基準データおよび不良品基準データの少なくとも一方とを比較することで、リブレット構造の良否の検査としての、物体表面OSの凸状部分Cの形状の良否を判定してもよい。 The calculation unit 531 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (data based on the reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected) with at least one of the non-defective product standard data and the defective product standard data. , the quality of the riblet structure may be inspected. The calculation unit 531 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 with at least one of the non-defective product reference data and the defective product reference data, thereby obtaining the object surface OS as an inspection of the quality of the riblet structure. The quality of the shape of the convex portion C may be determined.
 良品基準データは良品と判断されたリブレット構造(凸状部分Cおよび領域R)を有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光(第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、および第2反射光RL2-2の少なくとも一つの光)による強度分布を表すデータである。不良品基準データは不良品と判断されたリブレット構造(凸状部分Cおよび領域R)を有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光(第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、および第2反射光RL2-2の少なくとも一つの光)による強度分布を表すデータである。 The non-defective item reference data is the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the riblet structure (the convex portion C and the region R) determined to be a non-defective item (the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the (at least one light of the second reflected light RL2-2). The defective product reference data is the reflected light (first reflected light RL1, second reflected light RL2-1 , and at least one of the second reflected light RL2-2).
 少なくとも一つの良品基準データおよび少なくとも一つの不良品基準データの少なくとも一方は、リブレット構造の良否を検査するための基準データともいえる。少なくとも一つの良品基準データおよび少なくとも一つの不良品基準データの少なくとも一方は、予めメモリ52に記憶されていてもよい。 At least one of the at least one non-defective product reference data and at least one defective product reference data can also be said to be reference data for inspecting the quality of the riblet structure. At least one of the at least one non-defective item criteria data and the at least one defective item criteria data may be stored in the memory 52 in advance.
 例えば、良品基準データは、凸状部分Cの形状としての頂点の丸まりが良品と判断された凸状部分Cを有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表すデータを含んでいてもよい。例えば、良品基準データは、凸状部分Cの形状としての対称性(傾斜面T1および傾斜面T2の第3方向D3に対する対称性)が良品と判断された凸状部分Cを有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表すデータを含んでいてもよい。例えば、良品基準データは、凸状部分Cの形状としての頂角Aが良品と判断された凸状部分Cを有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表すデータを含んでいてもよい。例えば、良品基準データは、凸状部分Cの形状としての高さHが良品と判断された凸状部分Cを有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表すデータを含んでいてもよい。例えば、良品基準データは、凸状部分Cの形状としての第2方向D2における間隔Pが良品と判断された凸状部分Cを有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表すデータを含んでいてもよい。 For example, the non-defective item reference data includes data representing the intensity distribution of light reflected by irradiating light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C determined to be non-defective because of the rounded apex of the convex portion C. You can stay. For example, the non-defective item reference data is applied to the object surface OS having the convex portion C determined to be non-defective due to the symmetry of the shape of the convex portion C (symmetry of the inclined surface T1 and the inclined surface T2 with respect to the third direction D3). may include data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light. For example, the non-defective item reference data includes data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C for which the apex angle A as the shape of the convex portion C is determined to be non-defective. You can stay. For example, the non-defective item reference data includes data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C determined as the non-defective product with the height H as the shape of the convex portion C. You can stay. For example, the non-defective item reference data is the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C for which the interval P in the second direction D2 as the shape of the convex portion C is determined to be non-defective. It may contain representative data.
 演算部531は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータと、上述の良品基準データを比較することによって、凸状部分Cの形状としての、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まり、凸状部分Cの対称性、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、および第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つの良否を判定してもよい。例えば、演算部531は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータと、上述の良品基準データとが異なる場合(つまり、受光素子3から出力された強度分布と、良品基準データが表す強度分布とが異なる場合)、凸状部分Cの形状が不良と判定してもよい。 The calculation unit 531 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light-receiving element 3 with the non-defective product reference data described above to determine the shape of the convex portion C such that the vertices of the convex portion C are rounded or convex. At least one of the symmetry of the portion C, the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 may be determined. For example, if the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light-receiving element 3 and the non-defective product criterion data are different (that is, the intensity distribution output from the light-receiving element 3 and the intensity represented by the non-defective product criterion data) distribution), the shape of the convex portion C may be judged to be defective.
 なお、良品基準データと同様、不良品基準データは、凸状部分Cの形状としての、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まり、凸状部分Cの対称性、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pそれぞれが不良と判断された凸状部分Cを有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光によるそれぞれの強度分布を表すデータを含んでいてもよい。 As with the non-defective product standard data, the defective product standard data includes, as the shape of the convex portion C, roundness of the apex of the convex portion C, symmetry of the convex portion C, apex angle A of the convex portion C, convexity Intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having the convex portion C for which the height H of the convex portion C and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 are determined to be defective respectively. may include data representing
 演算部531は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータと、上述の不良品基準データとを比較することによって、凸状部分Cの形状としての、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まり、凸状部分Cの対称性、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、および第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つの良否を判定してもよい。例えば、演算部531は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータと、上述の不良品基準データとが同じ場合(つまり、受光素子3から出力された強度分布と、不良品基準データが表す強度分布とが同じ場合)、凸状部分Cの形状が不良と判定してもよい。 The calculation unit 531 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 with the above-described defective product reference data to determine the roundness of the apex of the convex portion C as the shape of the convex portion C, At least one of the symmetry of the convex portion C, the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 may be determined. . For example, when the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 and the above-described defective product reference data are the same (that is, the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 and the defective product reference data are If the intensity distribution shown is the same), it may be determined that the shape of the convex portion C is defective.
 なお、演算部531は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータ(強度分布データが表す画像上)における第1反射光RL1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2に対応する領域の位置から仮想線HL1を特定し、仮想線HL1に沿った画素の輝度を表す輝度プロファイルを作成してもよい。そして、演算部531は、受光データを用いて作成された輝度プロファイルと、良品基準データから同様に作成された輝度プロファイル及び/または不良品基準データから同様に作成された輝度プロファイルとを比較することによって、凸状部分Cの形状の良否を判定してもよい。 Note that the calculation unit 531 calculates the position of the area corresponding to the first reflected light RL1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2 in the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data). , and create a luminance profile that represents the luminance of pixels along the virtual line HL1. Then, the calculation unit 531 compares the brightness profile created using the received light data with the brightness profile similarly created from the non-defective product reference data and/or the brightness profile similarly created from the defective product reference data. , the quality of the shape of the convex portion C may be determined.
 良品基準データおよび不良品基準データは、形状の良否を予め判定されたリブレット構造を有する物体表面OSに本実施形態の光学装置1が実際に光を照射することにより出力された強度分布を表すデータである。また、良品基準データおよび不良品基準データは、例えば、光線追跡法などによるシミュレーションに用いて算出されたデータであってもよい。例えば、良品基準データおよび不良品基準データは、形状の良否が予め判定されたリブレット構造を有する物体表面OSに対して光を照射したと仮定した場合に、集光される反射光の強度分布を表すシミュレーションデータであってもよい。 The non-defective product reference data and the defective product reference data are data representing the intensity distribution output when the optical device 1 of the present embodiment actually irradiates the object surface OS having the riblet structure whose shape is judged in advance with light. is. Also, the non-defective product reference data and the defective product reference data may be data calculated using a simulation using a ray tracing method or the like, for example. For example, the non-defective product reference data and the defective product reference data represent the intensity distribution of the reflected light that is collected when it is assumed that the object surface OS having the riblet structure whose shape has been determined in advance is irradiated with light. It may be simulation data that represents.
 演算部531は、入力されたデータに表されるリブレット構造の形状の良否を判定するよう予め学習された識別器に、受光素子3から出力した強度分布を表すデータ(検査対象のリブレット構造からの反射光に基づくデータ)を入力することで、物体表面OSのリブレット構造の形状の良否を判定してもよい。 The calculation unit 531 supplies data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (data from the riblet structure to be inspected) to a discriminator that is pre-learned to determine the quality of the shape of the riblet structure represented by the input data. Data based on reflected light) may be input to determine whether the shape of the riblet structure on the object surface OS is good or bad.
 識別器は、例えば、入力側から出力側に向けて直列に接続された複数の畳み込み層を有する畳み込みニューラルネットワーク(Convolutional Neural Network、以下「CNN」という。)とすることができる。多数の良品基準データおよび多数の不良品基準データを教師データとして用いてCNNに入力して予め学習を行うことにより、CNNはリブレット構造の形状の良否を判定する識別器として動作する。 The discriminator can be, for example, a convolutional neural network (hereinafter referred to as "CNN") having multiple convolutional layers connected in series from the input side to the output side. A large number of non-defective product reference data and a large number of defective product reference data are used as teacher data and input to the CNN for pre-learning, so that the CNN operates as a discriminator that determines the quality of the shape of the riblet structure.
 なお、識別器は、受光素子3から出力した強度分布を表すデータ(検査対象のリブレット構造からの反射光に基づくデータ)を入力することで、凸状部分Cの形状としての、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まり、凸状部分Cの対称性、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、及び第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つの良否の判定結果を出力するように予め学習されていてもよい。 The discriminator receives data representing the intensity distribution output from the light-receiving element 3 (data based on reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected) to determine the shape of the convex portion C symmetry of the convex portion C, the vertex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2. It may be learned in advance so as to output the determination result.
 演算部531は、受光素子3から出力した強度分布を表すデータを上述の識別器に入力することによって当該識別器から出力される、凸状部分Cの頂点の丸まり、凸状部分Cの対称性、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、及び第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つの良否の判定結果を取得する。演算部531は、上述の良否の判定結果を取得することによって、凸状部分Cの形状の良否を判定するといえる。 The calculation unit 531 inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 to the discriminator, and calculates the roundness of the apex of the convex portion C and the symmetry of the convex portion C, which are output from the discriminator. , the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2. It can be said that the calculation unit 531 determines whether the shape of the convex portion C is good or bad by acquiring the above-described good/bad judgment result.
 なお、識別器は、受光素子3から出力した強度分布を表すデータ(検査対象のリブレット構造からの反射光に基づくデータ)を入力することで、領域Rの形状の良否を判定するように学習されていてもよい。演算部531は、受光素子3から出力した強度分布を表すデータ(検査対象のリブレット構造からの反射光に基づくデータ)を上述の識別器に入力することによって当該識別器から出力される、領域Rの形状の良否の判定結果を取得してもよい。 The discriminator is learned to determine the quality of the shape of the region R by inputting data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (data based on reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected). may be The calculation unit 531 inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (data based on the reflected light from the riblet structure to be inspected) to the above-described discriminator, so that the region R is output from the discriminator. You may acquire the quality determination result of the shape of .
 検出部532は、受光素子3から出力した強度分布を表すデータにおける(強度分布データが表す画像上の)第1反射光RL1の位置と基準位置RPとの距離に基づいて、物体表面OSに対する集光光学系2の光軸AXの相対的な傾きを検出してもよい。 Based on the distance between the position of the first reflected light RL1 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data) and the reference position RP in the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3, the detection unit 532 detects the concentration with respect to the object surface OS. A relative inclination of the optical axis AX of the optical optical system 2 may be detected.
 基準位置RPは、集光光学系2の光軸AXに平行に入射し、かつ、物体表面OSの法線方向(例えば、領域Rの法線方向)と集光光学系2の光軸AXとが平行になるときに物体表面OSで(例えば、領域Rで)1回反射された光が、集光光学系2により集光される受光面3a上の位置を表す。 The reference position RP is incident parallel to the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2, and is aligned with the normal direction of the object surface OS (for example, the normal direction of the region R) and the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2. are parallel, the position on the light-receiving surface 3a where the light reflected once by the object surface OS (for example, by the region R) is collected by the collecting optical system 2. FIG.
 集光光学系2は、光軸AXが基準面に垂直となるよう基準面に設置される。基準位置RPは、受光面3aにおいて、基準面に垂直に照射された光が集光光学系2により集光される位置とすることができる。例えば、基準位置RPは、コリメータを用いて設定することができる。 The condensing optical system 2 is installed on the reference plane so that the optical axis AX is perpendicular to the reference plane. The reference position RP can be a position on the light-receiving surface 3 a at which light irradiated perpendicularly to the reference surface is condensed by the condensing optical system 2 . For example, the reference position RP can be set using a collimator.
 図11は、第2受光データを示す模式図である。 FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram showing the second received light data.
 受光データの他の例である第2受光データRD2(強度分布データが表す画像上)において、第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2は、仮想線HL2に沿った位置に表される。仮想線HL2は、基準位置RPから間隔G1だけ離間している。すなわち、第1反射光RL1は基準位置RPから間隔G1だけ離間した位置に表される。また、一対の第2反射光RL2-1、RL2-2は、互いに間隔G2だけ離間した位置に表される。 In the second received light data RD2 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data), which is another example of received light data, the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected lights RL2-1, and RL2-2 are positioned along the virtual line HL2. is represented by The virtual line HL2 is separated from the reference position RP by the interval G1. That is, the first reflected light RL1 appears at a position spaced apart from the reference position RP by the interval G1. Also, the pair of second reflected lights RL2-1 and RL2-2 are represented at positions separated from each other by a gap G2.
 検出部532は、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第1反射光RL1の位置と基準位置RPとの間隔G1が大きいほど、物体表面OSに対して集光光学系2の光軸AXが大きく傾いていることを検出してもよい。 The detection unit 532 detects that the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 is larger with respect to the object surface OS as the distance G1 between the position of the first reflected light RL1 and the reference position RP on the image represented by the intensity distribution data is larger. Tilting may also be detected.
 なお、予め、間隔G1と、物体表面OSに対する集光光学系2の光軸AXの傾きとの関係を求めてもよい。この場合、検出部532は、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第1反射光RL1の位置と基準位置RPとの間隔G1に基づいて、物体表面OSに対する集光光学系2の光軸AXの傾きを算出してもよい。 Note that the relationship between the interval G1 and the inclination of the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 with respect to the object surface OS may be obtained in advance. In this case, the detection unit 532 detects the distance G1 between the position of the first reflected light RL1 and the reference position RP on the image represented by the intensity distribution data. A slope may be calculated.
 また、検出部532は、強度分布データが表す画像上の、基準位置RPに対する第1反射光RL1の位置に応じて、物体表面OSに対する集光光学系2の光軸AXの傾く方向を検出してもよい。 Further, the detection unit 532 detects the tilt direction of the optical axis AX of the light collecting optical system 2 with respect to the object surface OS according to the position of the first reflected light RL1 with respect to the reference position RP on the image represented by the intensity distribution data. may
 第2受光データRD2(強度分布データが表す画像上)において、第1反射光RL1は基準位置RPに対し、物体表面OSにおいて凸状部分Cが連なる第1方向D1と直交する仮想線HL2に直交する方向に離間している。このとき、検出部532は、物体表面OSに対し集光光学系2の光軸が第1方向D1に沿って傾いていることを検出してもよい。つまり、検出部532は、物体表面OSに対して集光光学系2の光軸が傾く方向を検出してもよい。 In the second received light data RD2 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data), the first reflected light RL1 is perpendicular to the reference position RP and the imaginary line HL2 perpendicular to the first direction D1 in which the convex portions C continue on the object surface OS. are spaced apart in the direction of At this time, the detection unit 532 may detect that the optical axis of the condensing optical system 2 is tilted along the first direction D1 with respect to the object surface OS. That is, the detection unit 532 may detect the direction in which the optical axis of the condensing optical system 2 is tilted with respect to the object surface OS.
 なお、検出部532の上述の処理は、演算部531で実行されてもよい。なお、光学装置1は、検出部532を備えていなくてもよい。 Note that the above-described processing of the detection unit 532 may be executed by the calculation unit 531. Note that the optical device 1 may not include the detection section 532 .
 測定部533は、リブレット構造を有する被測定面を測定する。物体表面OSは、測定部533による測定の対象となる被測定面の一例である。測定部533は、物体表面OSに対応する受光データに基づいて、物体表面OSが有するリブレット構造の形状に関する値を出力する。 The measurement unit 533 measures a surface to be measured having a riblet structure. The object surface OS is an example of a surface to be measured by the measuring unit 533 . The measurement unit 533 outputs a value regarding the shape of the riblet structure that the object surface OS has, based on the received light data corresponding to the object surface OS.
 なお、物体表面OSに対応する受光データは、集光光学系2からの光が物体表面OSの照射領域IRに照射されることによって、照射領域IRで反射され、集光光学系2により集光される光(例えば、第1反射光RL1及び第2反射光の少なくとも一方の光)の受光の結果を表すデータである。 The received light data corresponding to the object surface OS is reflected by the irradiation area IR by irradiating the irradiation area IR of the object surface OS with the light from the condensing optical system 2, and is condensed by the condensing optical system 2. is data representing the result of receiving light (for example, at least one of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light).
 受光の結果を表すデータは、集光光学系2により集光される光(例えば、第1反射光RL1及び第2反射光の少なくとも一方の光)による強度分布を表すデータともいえる。なお、強度分布を表すデータは、2次元画像データであってもよい。 The data representing the result of light reception can also be said to be data representing the intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system 2 (for example, at least one of the first reflected light RL1 and the second reflected light). Note that the data representing the intensity distribution may be two-dimensional image data.
 なお、受光素子3から出力される強度分布を表すデータは、測定対象のリブレット構造からの反射光に基づくデータともいえる。なお、受光素子3は、1次元に配列された画素を有する、ラインセンサ等の素子であってもよく、強度分布を表すデータは、1次元画像データであってもよい。 The data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 can also be said to be data based on reflected light from the riblet structure to be measured. The light receiving element 3 may be an element such as a line sensor having one-dimensionally arranged pixels, and the data representing the intensity distribution may be one-dimensional image data.
 つまり、測定部533は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布データに基づいて、リブレット構造を測定する。 That is, the measurement unit 533 measures the riblet structure based on the intensity distribution data output from the light receiving element 3.
 測定部533は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布データに基づいて、リブレット構造の測定として、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。例えば、測定部533は、リブレット構造の形状に関する値としての、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、凸状部分Cの頂点における曲率半径、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率、及び第2方向における凸状部分の間隔Pの少なくとも1つを表す値を算出してもよい。 The measurement unit 533 may calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure as the measurement of the riblet structure based on the intensity distribution data output from the light receiving element 3 . For example, the measurement unit 533 measures the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, the radius of curvature at the vertex of the convex portion C, the vertex of the convex portion C, and A value representing at least one of the curvature of and the spacing P of the convex portions in the second direction may be calculated.
 測定部533は、受光素子3の受光面3aへの、第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔を算出し、算出した間隔に基づいて、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。例えば、測定部533は、算出した、第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔に基づいて、リブレット構造の形状に関する値としての、凸状部分Cの頂角Aを表す値を算出してもよい。 The measurement unit 533 calculates the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a of the light receiving element 3, and based on the calculated distance, A value for the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated. For example, the measuring unit 533 calculates the convex portion as a value related to the shape of the riblet structure based on the calculated distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2. A value representing the apex angle A of C may be calculated.
 光の照射により照射領域IRで反射され、受光面3aに入射する第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔は、凸状部分Cの頂角Aが大きくなるほど大きくなる。したがって、受光面3aに入射する第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔に基づいて、凸状部分Cの頂角Aを算出することができる。 The distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 that is reflected by the irradiation region IR by the light irradiation and is incident on the light receiving surface 3a and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 is the apex angle of the convex portion C It increases as A increases. Therefore, the apex angle A of the convex portion C can be calculated based on the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a. .
 測定部533は、上述の演算部531の処理と同様に、受光素子3から出力される強度分布を表すデータにおける(強度分布データが表す画像上の)、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する領域と第2反射光RL2-2に対応する領域を特定する。例えば、測定部533は、強度分布データが表す画像上の、輝度値が所定の閾値以上となる画素を抽出し、抽出した画素の集合をクラスタリングしてグループ化することによって、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する領域と第2反射光RL2-2に対応する領域を特定してもよい。なお、測定部533は、テンプレートマッチングを用いて、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2-2に対応する領域を特定してもよい。 The measurement unit 533, similarly to the processing of the calculation unit 531 described above, corresponds to the second reflected light RL2-1 in the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 (on the image represented by the intensity distribution data). A region corresponding to the region and the second reflected light RL2-2 is specified. For example, the measurement unit 533 extracts pixels whose luminance values are equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value on the image represented by the intensity distribution data, and clusters and groups the extracted pixels so that the intensity distribution data represents A region corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and a region corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 may be specified on the image. Note that the measurement unit 533 may use template matching to identify the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution data. good.
 測定部533は、上述の演算部531の処理と同様に、特定された、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する領域および第2反射光RL2-2に対応する領域それぞれについて、最大輝度を有する画素の位置、及び領域の幾何学重心の位置の少なくとも一方を反射光の代表位置として算出する。なお、測定部533で算出された、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する位置(第2反射光RL2-1の代表位置)は、受光面3aにおける第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置を表す。また、測定部533で算出された、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第2反射光RL2-2に対応する位置(第2反射光RL2-2の代表位置)は、受光面3aにおける第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置を表す。 In the same manner as the processing of the calculation unit 531 described above, the measurement unit 533 measures the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the area corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the specified intensity distribution data. At least one of the position of the pixel having the maximum luminance and the position of the geometrical center of gravity of the area is calculated as the representative position of the reflected light. Note that the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2-1) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data calculated by the measurement unit 533 corresponds to the second position on the light receiving surface 3a. It represents the incident position of the reflected light RL2-1. Further, the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2-2) on the image represented by the intensity distribution data calculated by the measurement unit 533 is the second position on the light receiving surface 3a. It represents the incident position of the reflected light RL2-2.
 そして、測定部533は、上述の演算部531の処理と同様に、特定された、強度分布データが表す画像上の、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する位置(第2反射光RL2-1の代表位置)と第2反射光RL2-2に対応する位置(第2反射光RL2-2の代表位置)とに基づいて、強度分布が表す画像上における、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-2に対応する位置との間隔を算出する。 Then, the measuring unit 533, in the same manner as the above-described processing of the computing unit 531, determines the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 (second reflected light RL2-1 representative position) and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 (representative position of the second reflected light RL2-2), on the image represented by the intensity distribution, corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 is calculated.
 なお、強度分布が表す画像上における、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-2に対応する位置との間隔は、受光面3aにおける、第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔を表す。なお、強度分布が表す画像上における、第2反射光RL2-1に対応する位置と第2反射光RL2-2に対応する位置との間隔は、一例として、図11の間隔G2で表される間隔である。 Note that the distance between the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution is the second reflected light RL2-1 on the light receiving surface 3a. and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2. The interval between the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-1 and the position corresponding to the second reflected light RL2-2 on the image represented by the intensity distribution is represented by the interval G2 in FIG. 11, for example. interval.
 また、受光面3aに入射する第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置と第2反射光RL2-2の入射位置との間隔と、凸状部分Cの頂角Aとの関係データを予め、求めておいてもよい。この第2反射光RL2の間隔と凸状部分Cの頂角Aとの関係データは、関数データであってもよいし、ルックアップテーブル等のテーブルデータであってもよい。 Further, relational data between the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 incident on the light receiving surface 3a and the apex angle A of the convex portion C is obtained in advance. You can leave it. The relationship data between the interval of the second reflected light RL2 and the apex angle A of the convex portion C may be function data or table data such as a lookup table.
 この第2反射光RL2の間隔と凸状部分Cの頂角Aとの関係データは、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データともいえる。リブレット構造を測定するための参照データは、メモリ52に記憶されてもよい。なお、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データは、リブレット構造を測定するための基準データともいえる。 The relationship data between the interval of the second reflected light RL2 and the apex angle A of the convex portion C can be said to be reference data for measuring the riblet structure. Reference data for measuring the riblet structure may be stored in memory 52 . The reference data for measuring the riblet structure can also be said to be reference data for measuring the riblet structure.
 測定部533は、算出した、第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置とRL2-2の入射位置との間隔と、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データとをリブレット構造を測定するための参照データとに基づいて、リブレット構造の形状に関する値としての、凸状部分Cの頂角Aを表す値を算出してもよい。例えば、測定部533は、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データを参照することによって、第2反射光RL2-1の入射位置とRL2-2の入射位置との間隔に対応する凸状部分Cの頂角Aを表す値を算出してもよい。 The measurement unit 533 combines the calculated distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2 and the reference data for measuring the riblet structure into the reference data for measuring the riblet structure. , a value representing the apex angle A of the convex portion C may be calculated as a value relating to the shape of the riblet structure. For example, the measurement unit 533 refers to the reference data for measuring the riblet structure, and determines the height of the convex portion C corresponding to the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-1 and the incident position of the second reflected light RL2-2. A value representing the apex angle A may be calculated.
 なお、測定部533により、測定する対象(形状に関する値を算出する対象)は、凸状部分Cの頂角Aに限られない。例えば、測定部533は、上述の処理によって、リブレット構造の形状としての、凸状部分Cの高さH、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率半径、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率、及び第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つの値を算出してもよい。 It should be noted that the target to be measured by the measuring unit 533 (target for calculating the value related to the shape) is not limited to the apex angle A of the convex portion C. For example, the measurement unit 533 obtains the height H of the convex portion C, the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, the curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, and the second At least one value of the interval P between the convex portions C in the direction D2 may be calculated.
 なお、測定部533は、上述の光強度測定装置から出力される、光源LSから射出された光の強度も用いて、リブレット構造を測定してもよい。 Note that the measurement unit 533 may also measure the riblet structure using the intensity of the light emitted from the light source LS, which is output from the light intensity measuring device described above.
 なお、測定部533は、受光面3aにおける、第2反射光RL2-1と第2反射光RL2-2との間隔に限られず、第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光2-2のうちの一つの受光面3aへの入射位置と他の一つの受光面3aへの入射位置の間隔に基づいて、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。 Note that the measurement unit 533 is not limited to the distance between the second reflected light RL2-1 and the second reflected light RL2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a, and the distance between the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-1 A value related to the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated based on the distance between the incident position of the two reflected lights 2-2 on one light receiving surface 3a and the incident position on the other light receiving surface 3a.
 なお、上述と同様の方法で、予め、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データ(第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光2-2のうちの一つの受光面3aへの入射位置と他の一つの受光面3aへの入射位置の間隔と、リブレット構造の形状との関係データ)を求めておいてもよい。この場合、測定部533は、第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光2-2のうちの一つの受光面3aへの入射位置と他の一つの受光面3aへの入射位置の間隔と、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データとに基づいて、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。なお、反射光の入射位置の間隔の算出に係る処理は、上述した演算部531又は測定部533の処理を用いることができる。 In addition, in the same manner as described above, the reference data for measuring the riblet structure (the light receiving surface of one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2) Data relating to the distance between the position of incidence on 3a and the position of incidence on the other light-receiving surface 3a and the shape of the riblet structure may be obtained in advance. In this case, the measurement unit 533 measures the incident positions of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2 on one of the light receiving surfaces 3a and the other light receiving surface 3a. A value for the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated based on the distance between the positions of incidence on the beam and reference data for measuring the riblet structure. It should be noted that the processing of the calculation unit 531 or the measurement unit 533 described above can be used for the processing related to the calculation of the interval between the incident positions of the reflected light.
 なお、測定部533は、受光面3aにおける、第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光2-2の少なくとも一つの光の入射位置に基づいて、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。 Note that the measurement unit 533 measures the shape of the riblet structure based on the incident position of at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2 on the light receiving surface 3a. may be calculated.
 なお、上述と同様の方法で、予め、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データ(第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光2-2の少なくとも一つの光の入射位置と、リブレット構造の形状との関係データ)を求めておいてもよい。この場合、測定部533は、第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光2-2の少なくとも一つの光の入射位置と、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データとに基づいて、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。なお、反射光の入射位置の算出に係る処理は、上述した演算部531又は測定部533の処理を用いることができる。 Incidentally, in the same manner as described above, the reference data for measuring the riblet structure (at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2 is incident relationship data between the position and the shape of the riblet structure) may be obtained. In this case, the measurement unit 533 determines the incident position of at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2, and the reference data for measuring the riblet structure. A value for the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated based on . Note that the processing of the calculation unit 531 or the measurement unit 533 described above can be used for the processing related to the calculation of the incident position of the reflected light.
 なお、測定部533は、第1反射光RL1と、第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光2-2の少なくとも一つの光の強度に基づいて、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。 Note that the measurement unit 533 measures the intensity of the riblet structure based on the intensity of at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2. A value for the shape may be calculated.
 なお、上述と同様の方法で、予め、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データ(第1反射光RL1と、第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光2-2の少なくとも一つの光の強度と、リブレット構造の形状との関係データ)を求めておいてもよい。この場合、測定部533は、第1反射光RL1と、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光2-2の少なくとも一つの光の強度と、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データとに基づいて、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。なお、反射光の強度の算出に係る処理は、上述の演算部531の処理を用いることができる。 Note that reference data for measuring the riblet structure (first reflected light RL1, first reflected light RL1, second reflected light RL2-1, and second reflected light 2-2 and relationship data between the intensity of at least one light and the shape of the riblet structure). In this case, the measurement unit 533 measures the intensity of at least one of the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light 2-2, and the reference data for measuring the riblet structure. A value for the shape of the riblet structure may be calculated based on . Note that the above-described processing of the calculation unit 531 can be used for the processing related to the calculation of the intensity of the reflected light.
 測定部533は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータと、複数の形状基準データとを比較することでリブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。複数の形状基準データは、それぞれ異なる形状を有する複数のリブレット構造を有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光(例えば、第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、および第2反射光RL2-2の少なくとも一つの光)による強度分布を表す複数のデータである。複数の形状基準データは、予めメモリ52に記憶される。 The measurement unit 533 may calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 and a plurality of shape reference data. The plurality of shape reference data are the light reflected by irradiation of light onto the object surface OS having a plurality of riblet structures each having a different shape (for example, the first reflected light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-1). (at least one of the reflected light RL2-2). A plurality of shape reference data are stored in the memory 52 in advance.
 例えば、測定部533は、複数の形状基準データのうちで、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータ(受光素子3から出力されたデータが表す強度分布)と同じまたは近いデータ(形状基準データが表す強度分布)を特定し、特定したデータに対応する形状の値を算出してもよい。 For example, the measurement unit 533 determines, among the plurality of shape reference data, data (shape reference The intensity distribution represented by the data) may be specified, and the value of the shape corresponding to the specified data may be calculated.
 なお、複数の形状基準データは、リブレット構造を測定するための参照データともいえる。例えば、複数の形状基準データは、リブレット構造の形状としての、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率半径、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率、及び第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つについてそれぞれ異なる形状を有する複数のリブレット構造を有する物体表面OSへの光の照射によって反射した光(例えば、第1反射光RL1、第2反射光RL2-1、及び第2反射光RL2-2の少なくとも一つの光)による強度分布を表す複数のデータであってもよい。 It should be noted that the plurality of shape reference data can also be said to be reference data for measuring the riblet structure. For example, the plurality of shape reference data are the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, and the vertex of the convex portion C as the shape of the riblet structure. and the distance P between the convex portions C in the second direction D2, and the light reflected by the irradiation of the light onto the object surface OS having a plurality of riblet structures (for example, the first reflection It may be a plurality of data representing the intensity distribution of at least one of the light RL1, the second reflected light RL2-1, and the second reflected light RL2-2.
 測定部533は、受光素子3から出力された強度分布を表すデータと、複数の形状基準データと比較することでリブレット構造の形状としての、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率半径、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率、および第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つに関する値を算出してもよい。 The measurement unit 533 compares the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 with a plurality of shape reference data to determine the apex angle A of the convex portion C and the shape of the convex portion C as the shape of the riblet structure. At least one of the height H, the radius of curvature of the apex of the convex portion C, the curvature of the apex of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 may be calculated.
 上述の形状基準データは、所定の形状のリブレット構造を有する物体表面OSへ実際に光を照射することによって物体表面OSで反射し、集光光学系2により集光された光による強度分布を表すデータである。また、形状基準データは、例えば、光線追跡法などによるシミュレーションを用いて算出されたデータであってもよい。例えば、形状基準データは、所定の形状のリブレット構造を有する物体表面OSに対して光を照射したと仮定した場合に、集光される反射光による強度分布を表すシミュレーションデータであってもよい。シミュレーションにより、リブレット構造の形状を変化させた場合の強度分布を表すデータを取得することによって、複数の形状基準データを作成してもよい。 The shape reference data described above represents the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the object surface OS and condensed by the condensing optical system 2 by actually irradiating the object surface OS having the riblet structure of a predetermined shape with light. Data. Also, the shape reference data may be data calculated using a simulation using a ray tracing method or the like, for example. For example, the shape reference data may be simulation data representing the intensity distribution of reflected light that is condensed when it is assumed that an object surface OS having a riblet structure with a predetermined shape is irradiated with light. A plurality of shape reference data may be created by obtaining data representing the intensity distribution when the shape of the riblet structure is changed through simulation.
 測定部533は、入力されたデータに表される物体表面OSのリブレット構造の形状に関する値を出力するよう予め学習された識別器に、受光素子3から出力した強度分布を表すデータを入力することで、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を出力してもよい。識別器は、例えばCNNとすることができる。リブレット構造の様々な形状に対応する形状基準データと各形状基準データに対応するリブレット構造の形状に関する値とを教師データとして用いてCNNに入力して予め学習を行うことにより、CNNはリブレット構造の形状に関する値を出力する識別器として動作する。 The measurement unit 533 inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 to a discriminator that is pre-learned to output a value related to the shape of the riblet structure of the object surface OS represented by the input data. may output a value for the shape of the riblet structure. A discriminator may be, for example, a CNN. Shape reference data corresponding to various shapes of the riblet structure and values related to the shape of the riblet structure corresponding to each shape reference data are used as teacher data, and input to the CNN for pre-learning. It works as a discriminator that outputs a shape-related value.
 例えば、識別器は、受光素子3から出力した強度分布を表すデータを入力することで、リブレット構造の形状としての、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率半径、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率、および第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つの値の算出結果を出力するように予め学習されていてもよい。測定部533は、受光素子3から出力した強度分布を表すデータを上述の識別器に入力することによって当該識別器から出力される、凸状部分Cの頂角A、凸状部分Cの高さH、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率半径、凸状部分Cの頂点の曲率、および第2方向D2における凸状部分Cの間隔Pの少なくとも一つの値の算出結果を取得する。測定部533は、算出結果を取得したことによって、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出したといえる。 For example, the discriminator receives data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3, and obtains the apex angle A of the convex portion C, the height H of the convex portion C, and the convex shape as the shape of the riblet structure. It may be learned in advance so as to output a calculation result of at least one of the radius of curvature of the vertex of the portion C, the curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2. . The measurement unit 533 inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element 3 to the discriminator, and measures the apex angle A of the convex portion C and the height of the convex portion C, which are output from the discriminator. H, the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, the curvature of the vertex of the convex portion C, and the interval P of the convex portion C in the second direction D2 are calculated. It can be said that the measurement unit 533 has calculated a value related to the shape of the riblet structure by obtaining the calculation result.
 なお、測定部533の上述のリブレット構造の測定に関する処理は、演算部531で実行されてもよい。例えば、測定部533は、演算部531の機能を兼ねていてもよい。この場合、演算部531は、上述のリブレット構造の測定に関する処理を実行してもよい。例えば、演算部531は、上述のリブレット構造の検査に関する処理に加えて/又は上述のリブレット構造の測定に関する処理を実行してもよい。例えば、演算部531は、上述のリブレット構造の検査に関する処理に加えて/又は上述のリブレット構造の測定に関する処理として、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出してもよい。なお、演算部531は、上述のリブレット構造の形状に関する値を、リブレット構造の検査結果として算出してもよい。なお、検出部532の上述の物体表面OSに対する集光光学系2の光軸AXの傾きの検出に関する処理は、演算部531で実行されてもよい。 Note that the processing related to the measurement of the riblet structure described above by the measurement unit 533 may be executed by the calculation unit 531 . For example, the measurement unit 533 may also function as the calculation unit 531 . In this case, the calculation unit 531 may perform the processing related to the measurement of the riblet structure described above. For example, the computing unit 531 may perform the above-described processing regarding riblet structure measurement in addition to the above-described processing regarding riblet structure inspection. For example, the computing unit 531 may calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure as a process related to the above-described measurement of the riblet structure in addition to the above-described process related to the inspection of the riblet structure. Note that the calculation unit 531 may calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure as the inspection result of the riblet structure. Note that the calculation unit 531 may perform the above-described processing of detecting the inclination of the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 with respect to the object surface OS by the detection unit 532 .
 なお、演算部531の上述のリブレット構造の検査に関する処理は、測定部533で実行されてもよい。なお、検出部532の上述の物体表面OSに対する集光光学系2の光軸AXの傾きの検出に関する処理は、測定部533で実行されてもよい。 It should be noted that the processing related to inspection of the riblet structure described above by the calculation unit 531 may be executed by the measurement unit 533 . Note that the measurement unit 533 may perform the above-described processing related to detection of the inclination of the optical axis AX of the condensing optical system 2 with respect to the object surface OS by the detection unit 532 .
 図12は、リブレット構造の検査処理のフローチャートである。光学装置1は、以下のフローチャートに従って、リブレット構造が形成された物体表面OSの検査処理を実行する。 FIG. 12 is a flow chart of the riblet structure inspection process. The optical device 1 performs inspection processing of the object surface OS on which the riblet structure is formed according to the following flowchart.
 光学装置1は、集光光学系2により光を、リブレット構造を有する被検査面(物体表面OS)に照射する(ステップS11)。 The optical device 1 irradiates a surface to be inspected (object surface OS) having a riblet structure with light from the condensing optical system 2 (step S11).
 次に、光学装置1は、集光光学系2により、照射領域IRの凸状部分Cが設けられていない領域Rで1回反射された第1反射光RL1と、凸状部分Cの傾斜面Tと領域Rとで少なくとも1回反射された第2反射光RL2とを集光する(ステップS12)。 Next, the optical device 1 collects the first reflected light RL1 reflected once by the region R where the convex portion C is not provided in the irradiation region IR and the inclined surface of the convex portion C by the light collecting optical system 2. The second reflected light RL2 that has been reflected at least once by T and the region R is condensed (step S12).
 次に、光学装置1は、集光光学系2に関して被検査面と共役な面とは異なる面に配置された受光素子3で、集光された光を受光する(ステップS13)。 Next, the optical device 1 receives the condensed light with the light-receiving element 3 arranged on a surface different from the surface conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system 2 (step S13).
 そして、光学装置1と通信可能に接続されるコンピュータ5は、受光の結果(強度分布を表すデータ)に基づいてリブレット構造(被検査面)を検査し(ステップS14)、検査処理を終了する。例えば、上述のように、コンピュータ5(演算部531)は、リブレット構造の形状の良否を判定する。 Then, the computer 5 communicably connected to the optical device 1 inspects the riblet structure (surface to be inspected) based on the light reception result (data representing the intensity distribution) (step S14), and ends the inspection process. For example, as described above, the computer 5 (calculation unit 531) determines whether the shape of the riblet structure is good or bad.
 このように検査処理を実行することにより、光学装置1は、リブレット構造の検査を簡便に行うことができる。 By executing the inspection process in this manner, the optical device 1 can easily inspect the riblet structure.
 光学装置1と通信可能に接続されるコンピュータ5が備えるプロセッサ53は、演算部531、検出部532、および測定部533のうち一部の機能ブロックを有していなくてもよい。例えば、コンピュータ5が、機能ブロックとして少なくとも測定部533を有するプロセッサ53を備えることにより、光学装置1は物体表面に形成されたリブレット構造を測定する装置として動作することができる。例えば、コンピュータ5が、機能ブロックとして少なくとも演算部531を有するプロセッサ53を備えることにより、光学装置1は物体表面に形成されたリブレット構造を検査する装置として動作することができる。 The processor 53 included in the computer 5 communicably connected to the optical device 1 may not have some of the functional blocks of the computing section 531, the detecting section 532, and the measuring section 533. For example, by providing the computer 5 with the processor 53 having at least the measurement unit 533 as a functional block, the optical device 1 can operate as a device for measuring the riblet structure formed on the surface of the object. For example, by providing the computer 5 with the processor 53 having at least the arithmetic unit 531 as a functional block, the optical device 1 can operate as a device for inspecting the riblet structure formed on the surface of the object.
 図13は、リブレット構造の測定処理のフローチャートである。光学装置1は、以下のフローチャートに従って、物体表面OSに形成されたリブレット構造の測定処理を実行する。 FIG. 13 is a flow chart of the riblet structure measurement process. The optical device 1 performs measurement processing of the riblet structure formed on the object surface OS according to the following flowchart.
 リブレット構造の測定処理のフローチャートにおいて、ステップS21-S23はリブレット構造の検査処理のステップS11-S13と同様であるので、説明を省略する。 In the flow chart of the riblet structure measurement process, steps S21-S23 are the same as steps S11-S13 of the riblet structure inspection process, so description thereof will be omitted.
 光学装置1と通信可能に接続されるコンピュータ5は、ステップS23に続いて、受光の結果(強度分布を表すデータ)に基づいて、リブレット構造を測定し(ステップS24)、測定処理を終了する。例えば、上述のように、コンピュータ5(測定部533)は、リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出する。 Following step S23, the computer 5 communicably connected to the optical device 1 measures the riblet structure based on the result of light reception (data representing the intensity distribution) (step S24), and ends the measurement process. For example, as described above, computer 5 (measuring unit 533) calculates values for the shape of the riblet structure.
 このように測定処理を実行することにより、光学装置1は、リブレット構造を簡便に測定することができる。 By executing the measurement process in this way, the optical device 1 can easily measure the riblet structure.
 なお、上述の光学装置1は、可動体に装着されてもよい。可動体とは、例えば、垂直多関節ロボット等のロボット、ジンバル、有人/無人航空機、有人/無人車両を含む。この場合、光学装置1が装着された可動体で、物体表面OSに対して光学装置1を位置決めし、上述のリブレット構造の検査、リブレット構造の測定、及び物体表面OSに対する光学装置1(集光光学系2)の傾きの検出の少なくとも一つを実行してもよい。例えば、可動体で、物体表面OSに対して光学装置1の当接部材4aを当接(位置決め)させて、上述のリブレット構造の検査、リブレットの構造の測定、及び物体表面OSに対する光学装置1の傾きの検出の少なくとも一つを実行してもよい。 Note that the optical device 1 described above may be attached to a movable body. Movable bodies include, for example, robots such as vertical articulated robots, gimbals, manned/unmanned aircraft, and manned/unmanned vehicles. In this case, the movable body on which the optical device 1 is mounted positions the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS, the above-described inspection of the riblet structure, the measurement of the riblet structure, and the optical device 1 (focusing) on the object surface OS. At least one detection of the tilt of the optical system 2) may be performed. For example, the contact member 4a of the optical device 1 is brought into contact (positioned) with the object surface OS by a movable body, and the above-described riblet structure inspection, the riblet structure measurement, and the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS are performed. may perform at least one of detection of the inclination of .
 なお、光学装置1の当接部材4aは、物体表面OSに当接しなくてもよい。例えば、可動体で、当接部材4aが物体表面OSから離れた位置に配置されるように光学装置1を位置決めさせて、上述のリブレット構造の検査、リブレットの構造の測定、及び物体表面OSに対する光学装置1の傾きの検出の少なくとも一つを実行してもよい。この場合、光学装置1は、当接部材4aを備えていなくてもよい。 Note that the contact member 4a of the optical device 1 does not have to contact the object surface OS. For example, the optical device 1 is positioned so that the contact member 4a is located away from the object surface OS with a movable body, and the above-described inspection of the riblet structure, measurement of the riblet structure, and measurement of the object surface OS are performed. At least one of detecting the tilt of the optical device 1 may be performed. In this case, the optical device 1 may not include the contact member 4a.
 なお、可動体によって光学装置1を物体表面OS上で移動させながら、光学装置1で、上述のリブレット構造の検査、リブレット構造の測定、及び物体表面OSに対する光学装置1の傾きの検出の少なくとも一つを実行してもよい。 At least one of the inspection of the riblet structure, the measurement of the riblet structure, and the detection of the inclination of the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS is performed by the optical device 1 while the optical device 1 is moved on the object surface OS by the movable body. You can run one.
 なお、上述の光学装置1は、可動体に装着されていなくてもよい。例えば、オペレータが、手で持った光学装置1(例えば、筐体4)を物体表面OSに対して位置決めし、光学装置1で、上述のリブレット構造の検査、リブレット構造の測定、及び物体表面OSに対する光学装置1(集光光学系2)の傾きの検出の少なくとも一つを実行してもよい。 Note that the optical device 1 described above does not have to be attached to the movable body. For example, an operator may position a hand-held optical device 1 (e.g., housing 4) relative to the object surface OS and use the optical device 1 to inspect the riblet structure, measure the riblet structure, and measure the object surface OS as described above. At least one detection of the tilt of the optical device 1 (condensing optical system 2) with respect to may be performed.
 例えば、オペレータは、手で持った光学装置1の当接部材4aを物体表面OSに当接させて、上述のリブレット構造の検査、リブレットの構造の測定、及び物体表面OSに対する光学装置1の傾きの検出のなくとも一つを実行してもよい。 For example, the operator brings the abutting member 4a of the optical device 1 held by hand into contact with the object surface OS to perform the above-described inspection of the riblet structure, measurement of the riblet structure, and inclination of the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS. at least one of the detection of
 なお、光学装置1の当接部材4aは、物体表面OSに当接しなくてもよい。例えば、オペレータは、物体表面OSから離れた位置に当接部材4aが配置されるように、手で持った光学装置1を位置決めし、光学装置1で、上述のリブレット構造の検査、リブレットの構造の測定、及び物体表面OSに対する光学装置1の傾きの検出の少なくとも一つを実行してもよい。この場合、光学装置1は、当接部材4aを備えていなくてもよい。 Note that the contact member 4a of the optical device 1 does not have to contact the object surface OS. For example, the operator positions the optical device 1 held by hand so that the abutment member 4a is located away from the object surface OS, and uses the optical device 1 to inspect the riblet structure described above. and/or detecting the tilt of the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS. In this case, the optical device 1 may not include the contact member 4a.
 なお、オペレータは、手で持った光学装置1を物体表面OS上で移動させながら、光学装置1で、上述のリブレット構造の検査、リブレット構造の測定、及び物体表面OSに対する光学装置1の傾きの検出の少なくとも一つを実行してもよい。 While moving the optical device 1 held by hand over the object surface OS, the operator uses the optical device 1 to inspect the riblet structure, measure the riblet structure, and measure the inclination of the optical device 1 with respect to the object surface OS. At least one of detection may be performed.
 なお、上述の光学装置1と他の光学装置を用いてリブレット構造の検査及び測定の少なくとも一方を行ってもよい。例えば、光学装置1と他の光学装置としての白色干渉顕微鏡を用いてリブレット構造の検査及び測定を行ってもよい。この場合、光学装置1は、受光素子3で取得した第2反射光RL2-1及び/又は第2反射光RL2-2による強度分布データに基づいて、上述のようにリブレット構造の検査(例えば、凸状部分Cの対称性の良否判定)、及びリブレット構造の測定(例えば、凸状部分Cの頂角Aの算出)の少なくとも一方を行ってもよい。白色干渉顕微鏡は、物体表面OSへの測定光の照射によって生じる物体表面OSからの光を検出した結果に基づいて、リブレット構造の検査(例えば、凸状部分Cの間隔Pの良否判定)、及びリブレット構造の測定(例えば、凸状部分Cの高さHの算出)の少なくとも一方を行ってもよい。 At least one of inspection and measurement of the riblet structure may be performed using the optical device 1 described above and another optical device. For example, the optical device 1 and a white interference microscope as another optical device may be used to inspect and measure the riblet structure. In this case, the optical device 1 inspects the riblet structure as described above (for example, symmetry of the convex portion C) and measurement of the riblet structure (for example, calculation of the apex angle A of the convex portion C). The white light interference microscope inspects the riblet structure (for example, determines the quality of the interval P between the convex portions C), and At least one of the measurement of the riblet structure (for example, the calculation of the height H of the convex portion C) may be performed.
 なお、他の光学装置は、白色干渉顕微鏡に限られず、共焦点顕微鏡であってもよいし、物体の検査及び測定の少なくとも一方が可能な他の既存の装置であってもよい。 The other optical device is not limited to a white interference microscope, and may be a confocal microscope or other existing device capable of at least one of inspection and measurement of objects.
 上述した説明では、光学装置1は、ワークの表面に形成されたリブレット構造を検査及び/又は測定している。しかしながら、光学装置1は、ワークの表面上に形成された任意の形状を有する任意の構造を検査及び/又は測定してもよい。 In the above description, the optical device 1 inspects and/or measures the riblet structure formed on the surface of the workpiece. However, the optical device 1 may inspect and/or measure any structure having any shape formed on the surface of the workpiece.
 任意の構造の一例として、ワークの表面上の流体の流れに対して渦を発生させる構造があげられる。任意の構造の他の一例として、ワークの表面に疎水性を与えるための構造があげられる。任意の構造の他の一例としては、規則的又は不規則的に形成されたマイクロ・ナノメートルオーダの微細テクスチャ構造(典型的には、山構造及び溝構造を含む凹凸構造)があげられる。 An example of an arbitrary structure is a structure that generates a vortex in the fluid flow on the work surface. Another example of the arbitrary structure is a structure for imparting hydrophobicity to the work surface. Another example of the arbitrary structure is a regularly or irregularly formed micro/nanometer-order fine texture structure (typically, an uneven structure including a mountain structure and a groove structure).
 微細テクスチャ構造は、流体(気体及び/又は液体)による抵抗を低減させる機能を有するサメ肌構造及びディンプル構造の少なくとも一方を含んでいてもよい。微細なテクスチャ構造は、撥液機能及びセルフクリーニング機能の少なくとも一方を有する(例えば、ロータス効果を有する)ハスの葉表面構造を含んでいてもよい。 The fine texture structure may include at least one of a shark-skin structure and a dimple structure that have the function of reducing fluid (gas and/or liquid) resistance. The microtextured structure may comprise a lotus leaf surface structure having at least one of a liquid-repellent function and a self-cleaning function (eg, having a lotus effect).
 微細なテクスチャ構造は、液体輸送機能を有する微細突起構造(米国特許公開第2017/0044002号公報参照)、親液性機能を有する凹凸構造、防汚機能を有する凹凸構造、反射率低減機能及び撥液機能の少なくとも一方を有するモスアイ構造、特定波長の光のみを干渉で強めて構造色を呈する凹凸構造、ファンデルワールス力を利用した接着機能を有するピラーアレイ構造、空力騒音低減機能を有する凹凸構造、液滴捕集機能を有するハニカム構造、並びに、表面上に形成される層との密着性を向上させる凹凸構造、摩擦抵抗を低減するための凹凸構造、着氷を低減するための凹凸構造等の少なくとも一つを含んでいてもよい。 The fine texture structure includes a fine projection structure having a liquid transport function (see US Patent Publication No. 2017/0044002), a concave-convex structure having a lyophilic function, a concave-convex structure having an antifouling function, a reflectance reducing function and a repellent structure. A moth-eye structure having at least one of liquid functions, a concavo-convex structure that enhances only light of a specific wavelength by interference to exhibit a structural color, a pillar array structure that has an adhesive function using van der Waals force, a concavo-convex structure that has an aerodynamic noise reduction function, A honeycomb structure that has a droplet collection function, an uneven structure that improves adhesion with the layer formed on the surface, an uneven structure that reduces frictional resistance, an uneven structure that reduces icing, etc. At least one may be included.
 この場合においても、凹凸構造を構成する凸状構造体は、上述したリブレット構造を構成する凸状部分と同様の構造を有してもよい。凹凸構造を構成する溝構造は、上述したリブレット構造を構成する領域Rと同様の構造を有してもよい。尚、微細なテクスチャ構造は、特定の機能を有していなくてもよい。 Also in this case, the convex structures forming the concave-convex structure may have the same structure as the convex portions forming the riblet structure described above. The groove structure forming the uneven structure may have the same structure as the region R forming the riblet structure described above. Note that the fine textured structure does not have to have a specific function.
 以上説明した実施形態に関し、さらに以下の付記を開示する。 Regarding the above-described embodiment, the following additional remarks are disclosed.
 [付記A1]
 第1方向に連なる凸状部分が前記第1方向と交差する第2方向に複数設けられたリブレット構造を有する被検査面を検査する光学装置であって、
 光源からの光を前記被検査面上の照射領域に照射し、前記照射領域で反射された光を集光する集光光学系と、
 前記集光光学系に関して前記被検査面と共役な面とは異なる面に配置され、前記集光光学系で集光される前記光を受光する受光素子と、
 を備える光学装置。
[Appendix A1]
An optical device for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction,
a condensing optical system for irradiating an irradiation area on the surface to be inspected with light from a light source and condensing the light reflected by the irradiation area;
a light-receiving element arranged on a surface different from a surface conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system and configured to receive the light condensed by the condensing optical system;
An optical device comprising
 [付記A2]
 前記受光素子は、前記共役な面とは異なる面に配置される受光面を有し、前記集光光学系で集光される前記光による強度分布を検出する、付記A1に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix A2]
The optical device according to appendix A1, wherein the light receiving element has a light receiving surface arranged on a plane different from the conjugate plane, and detects an intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system.
 [付記A3]
 前記集光光学系は、以下の条件式を満足する、付記A2に記載の光学装置。
 γ > β
但し、
 β  :前記集光光学系において最も前記被検査面側に配置されたレンズ面の前記有効範囲の端部における法線と前記集光光学系の光軸とのなす角度
 γ  :前記集光光学系において最も前記被検査面側に配置されたレンズに入射する光線のうち前記受光素子に受光される光線と前記集光光学系の光軸とがなす最大角度
[Appendix A3]
The optical device according to appendix A2, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression.
γ > β
however,
β: the angle formed between the normal line at the end of the effective range of the lens surface closest to the surface to be inspected in the condensing optical system and the optical axis of the condensing optical system γ: the condensing optical system The maximum angle formed by the light beam received by the light receiving element and the optical axis of the condensing optical system among the light beams incident on the lens arranged closest to the surface to be inspected in
 [付記A4]
 前記集光光学系は、以下の条件式を満足する、付記A2またはA3に記載の光学装置。
 y < fsinθ
但し、
 y : 前記集光光学系により前記受光面に集光される光の範囲に外接する円の半径
 f : 前記集光光学系の焦点距離
 θ : 前記照射領域で反射された光と前記集光光学系の光軸とがなす角度
[Appendix A4]
The optical device according to appendix A2 or A3, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression.
y < f sin θ
however,
y: the radius of a circle circumscribing the range of light condensed on the light receiving surface by the condensing optical system f: the focal length of the condensing optical system θ: the light reflected by the irradiation area and the condensing optics angle with the optical axis of the system
 [付記A5]
 前記受光素子により検出された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて前記リブレット構造を検査する演算部をさらに備える、付記A2-A4のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix A5]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices A2 to A4, further comprising a computing unit that inspects the riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element.
 [付記A6]
 前記演算部は、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータを、予め記憶された強度分布の基準データと比較することにより、前記リブレット構造を検査する、付記A5に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix A6]
The optical device according to appendix A5, wherein the calculation unit inspects the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element with pre-stored reference data of the intensity distribution.
 [付記A7]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域と前記凸状部分とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含み、
 前記演算部は、前記強度分布における前記第1反射光および前記第2反射光のそれぞれの位置が、予め記憶された前記第1反射光および前記第2反射光のそれぞれの位置の基準範囲に含まれるか否かを判定することにより、前記リブレット構造を検査する、付記A5またはA6に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix A7]
The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
The computing unit includes a position of each of the first reflected light and the second reflected light in the intensity distribution included in a previously stored reference range of positions of the first reflected light and the second reflected light. Optical apparatus according to Appendix A5 or A6, inspecting the riblet structure by determining whether the riblet structure is
 [付記A8]
 付記A2-A7のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置から出力される前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいてリブレット構造を検査する検査方法。
[Appendix A8]
An inspection method for inspecting a riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the optical device according to any one of Appendices A2-A7.
 [付記A9]
 前記検査することは、前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて、前記リブレット構造の検査として前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定することを含む、付記A8に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A9]
The inspection method according to Appendix A8, wherein the inspecting includes determining the quality of the shape of the convex portion as the inspection of the riblet structure based on the data representing the intensity distribution.
 [付記A10]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない部分と前記凸状部分とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含み、
 前記検査することは、前記受光面へ入射した前記第1反射光の強度と前記受光面へ入射した前記第2反射光の強度との比較結果に基づいて、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定することを含む、付記A9に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A10]
The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light reflected twice by the portion not provided and the convex portion;
The inspecting determines whether the shape of the convex portion is good or bad based on a comparison result between the intensity of the first reflected light incident on the light receiving surface and the intensity of the second reflected light incident on the light receiving surface. The inspection method of Appendix A9, comprising determining.
 [付記A11]
 前記凸状部分の形状は、前記凸状部分の頂点の丸まりを含む、付記A10に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A11]
The inspection method according to Appendix A10, wherein the shape of the convex portion includes a rounded vertex of the convex portion.
 [付記A12]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域と前記凸状部分とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含み、
 前記第2反射光は、前記照射領域から前記第1反射光が反射された第1反射方向とは異なる第2反射方向に反射された第2反射光と、前記照射領域から前記第1反射方向および前記第2反射方向とは異なる第3反射方向に反射された第2反射光とを含み、
 前記検査することは、前記受光面への、前記第1反射光の入射位置と前記第2反射方向に反射された第2反射光の入射位置との間隔と、前記受光面への、前記第1反射光の入射位置と前記第3反射方向に反射された第2反射光の入射位置との間隔とに基づいて、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定することを含む、付記A9-A11のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A12]
The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
The second reflected light includes second reflected light reflected in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction in which the first reflected light is reflected from the irradiation area, and second reflection light reflected from the irradiation area in the first reflection direction. and a second reflected light reflected in a third reflection direction different from the second reflection direction,
The inspecting includes the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light on the light receiving surface and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction, and the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light on the light receiving surface and the second Supplementary notes A9-A11, including determining the quality of the shape of the convex portion based on the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the third reflection direction. The inspection method according to any one of the items.
 [付記A13]
 前記凸状部分は、前記第1方向と前記第2方向とに直交する第3方向に対して傾斜し、前記第1方向に延びる一対の傾斜面を有し、
 前記凸状部分の形状は、前記一対の傾斜面のうちの一方の傾斜面と他方の傾斜面との対称性を含む、付記A12に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A13]
the convex portion has a pair of inclined surfaces that are inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction and extend in the first direction;
The inspection method according to Appendix A12, wherein the shape of the convex portion includes symmetry between one inclined surface and the other inclined surface of the pair of inclined surfaces.
 [付記A14]
 前記検査することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータと、良品の形状の前記凸状部分への光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表す少なくとも一つの良品基準データおよび不良品の形状の前記凸状部分への光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表す少なくとも一つの不良品基準データの少なくとも一方とを比較することによって前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定することを含む、付記A9-A13のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A14]
The inspecting includes data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, at least one non-defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of light reflected by irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of a non-defective product, and The quality of the shape of the convex portion of the defective product is determined by comparing with at least one of at least one of the defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of the defective product. The inspection method according to any one of Appendices A9-A13, comprising:
 [付記A15]
 前記検査することは、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定するよう予め学習された識別器に、前記強度分布を表すデータを入力することで、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定することを含む、付記A9-A14のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A15]
The inspecting includes inputting data representing the intensity distribution to a discriminator that has been pre-learned to determine the quality of the shape of the convex portion, thereby determining the quality of the shape of the convex portion. The inspection method according to any one of Appendices A9-A14, comprising:
 [付記A16]
 前記検査することは、前記受光素子により検出された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて、前記凸状部分の形状に関する値を算出することを含む、付記A9-A15のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A16]
The inspecting includes calculating a value related to the shape of the convex portion based on data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element. Inspection method.
 [付記A17]
 前記検査することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータを、予め記憶された強度分布の基準データと比較することにより、前記リブレット構造を検査することを含む、付記A8-A16のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A17]
Appendices A8 to A16, wherein the inspecting includes inspecting the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element with reference data of the intensity distribution stored in advance. The inspection method according to any one of the items.
 [付記A18]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域と前記凸状部分とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含み、
 前記検査することは、前記強度分布における前記第1反射光および前記第2反射光のそれぞれの位置が、予め記憶された前記第1反射光および前記第2反射光のそれぞれの位置の基準範囲に含まれるか否かを判定することにより、前記リブレット構造を検査することを含む、付記A8-A17のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix A18]
The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
In the inspecting, the position of each of the first reflected light and the second reflected light in the intensity distribution falls within a pre-stored reference range of the positions of the first reflected light and the second reflected light. The inspection method of any one of Appendices A8-A17, comprising inspecting the riblet structure by determining whether it is included.
 [付記B1]
 第1方向に連なる凸状部分が前記第1方向と交差する第2方向に複数設けられたリブレット構造を有する被検査面を検査する検査方法であって、
 前記被検査面上の照射領域に光を照射することと、
 前記光の照射によって前記照射領域で反射した光を集光光学系により集光することと、
 前記集光光学系に関して前記被検査面と共役な面とは異なる面で、集光された前記光を受光することと、
 受光の結果に基づいて前記リブレット構造を検査することと、
 を含む検査方法。
[Appendix B1]
An inspection method for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction,
irradiating an irradiation area on the surface to be inspected with light;
Condensing the light reflected by the irradiation area by the irradiation of the light with a condensing optical system;
Receiving the condensed light on a plane different from a plane conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system;
inspecting the riblet structure based on the results of receiving light;
inspection methods including;
 [付記B2]
 前記受光において、前記共役な面とは異なる面に配置される受光面を有する受光素子により集光された前記光を受光し、前記受光素子は、前記受光の結果として前記集光された光による強度分布を検出する、付記B1に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B2]
In the light reception, a light-receiving element having a light-receiving surface arranged on a plane different from the conjugate plane receives the condensed light, and the light-receiving element receives the condensed light as a result of the light reception. The inspection method according to appendix B1, wherein an intensity distribution is detected.
 [付記B3]
 前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の開口数は、0.7以上である、付記B2に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B3]
The inspection method according to Appendix B2, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.7 or more on the surface to be inspected side.
 [付記B4]
 前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の開口数は、0.9以下である、付記B2またはB3に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B4]
The inspection method according to Appendix B2 or B3, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.9 or less on the inspection surface side.
 [付記B5]
 前記集光光学系は、最も前記被検査面側に配置され、かつ前記被検査面に向く凹面を有するレンズ部材を含む、付記B2-B4のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B5]
The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B4, wherein the condensing optical system is arranged closest to the surface to be inspected and includes a lens member having a concave surface facing the surface to be inspected.
 [付記B6]
 前記集光光学系を構成する光学部材のうち最も前記被検査面側に配置される光学部材よりも前記被検査面側に突出する当接部材を前記被検査面に当接させることをさらに含む、付記B2-B5のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B6]
further comprising contacting the surface to be inspected with a contact member projecting further toward the surface to be inspected than an optical member arranged closest to the surface to be inspected among the optical members constituting the condensing optical system. , and the inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2-B5.
 [付記B7]
 前記当接部材は、前記被検査面のうちの前記照射領域を除く少なくとも一部の領域に当接する、付記B6に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B7]
The inspection method according to Appendix B6, wherein the contact member contacts at least a part of the surface to be inspected excluding the irradiation region.
 [付記B8]
 前記当接部材と前記集光光学系とは、前記当接部材が前記被検査面に当接したときに、前記集光光学系と前記被検査面との前記集光光学系の光軸方向の間隔が前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の作動距離となるよう配置される、付記B6またはB7に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B8]
The contact member and the condensing optical system are configured such that when the contact member contacts the surface to be inspected, the condensing optical system and the surface to be inspected are arranged in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system. The inspection method according to appendix B6 or B7, wherein the distance between is the working distance of the condensing optical system on the side of the surface to be inspected.
 [付記B9]
 前記当接部材は、前記当接部材が前記被検査面に当接したときに、前記集光光学系と前記被検査面との前記集光光学系の光軸方向の間隔が前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の作動距離となるように、少なくとも、最も前記被検査面側に配置される前記光学部材を支持する、付記B6-B8のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B9]
The abutment member has a distance between the converging optical system and the surface to be inspected in the optical axis direction of the converging optical system when the abutting member abuts on the surface to be inspected. The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B6 to B8, wherein at least the optical member arranged closest to the surface to be inspected is supported so that the working distance of the system is on the side of the surface to be inspected.
 [付記B10]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記凸状部分と前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含む、付記B2-B9のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B10]
The light reflected by the irradiation region includes first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided, and light reflected by the convex portion and the irradiation region. The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B9, including the second reflected light reflected twice by the area where the convex portion is not provided.
 [付記B11]
 前記集光光学系は、前記光源からの光の少なくとも一部を前記照射領域に向けて反射し、前記照射領域から前記集光光学系に入射した前記第1反射光の一部および前記第2反射光を前記受光素子に向けて透過させるとともに、前記一部とは異なる前記第1反射光の他部が前記受光素子に入射しないように構成される光分割部材を含む、付記B10に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B11]
The condensing optical system reflects at least part of the light from the light source toward the irradiation area, and a part of the first reflected light and the second reflected light that enter the condensing optical system from the irradiation area. The light splitting member according to Appendix B10, which transmits reflected light toward the light receiving element and is configured to prevent another part of the first reflected light different from the part from entering the light receiving element. Inspection method.
 [付記B12]
 前記光分割部材は、前記第1反射光の前記他部を前記受光素子とは異なる方向に反射する、付記B11に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B12]
The inspection method according to Appendix B11, wherein the light splitting member reflects the other portion of the first reflected light in a direction different from that of the light receiving element.
 [付記B13]
 前記光分割部材は、前記光分割部材を射出する前記第1反射光の前記一部の光量が前記光分割部材を射出する前記第1反射光の前記他部の光量よりも少なくなるように構成される、付記B11またはB12に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B13]
The light splitting member is configured such that the light amount of the part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member is smaller than the light amount of the other part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member. The inspection method according to Appendix B11 or B12.
 [付記B14]
 前記集光光学系は、前記被検査面からみて最も前記光分割部材側に配置され、かつ、前記光分割部材に向く凹面を有するレンズ部材をさらに含む、付記B11-B13のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B14]
The condensing optical system according to any one of Appendices B11 to B13, further comprising a lens member disposed closest to the light splitting member when viewed from the surface to be inspected and having a concave surface facing the light splitting member. Test method described.
 [付記B15]
 前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の最大開口数で前記被検査面上の一点から前記集光光学系に入射して前記受光素子に達する光束が前記受光面で占める領域の大きさは、前記受光面の大きさの0.1倍以上である、付記B2-B14のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B15]
The size of the area occupied on the light receiving surface by the light beam incident on the light collecting optical system from one point on the surface to be inspected and reaching the light receiving element at the maximum numerical aperture of the light collecting optical system on the side of the surface to be inspected , the inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B14, wherein the size of the light receiving surface is 0.1 times or more.
 [付記B16]
 前記受光面は、前記集光光学系を構成する光学部材のうち最も前記受光素子側に配置される光学部材よりも前記集光光学系の射出瞳面側に配置される、付記B2-B15のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B16]
of attachments B2 to B15, wherein the light-receiving surface is arranged closer to the exit pupil plane of the light-condensing optical system than an optical member arranged closest to the light-receiving element among optical members constituting the light-condensing optical system The inspection method according to any one of the items.
 [付記B17]
 前記受光面は、前記集光光学系の射出瞳面または前記射出瞳と共役な面に配置される、付記B2-B16のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B17]
The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B16, wherein the light receiving surface is arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system or on a plane conjugate with the exit pupil.
 [付記B18]
 前記凸状部分は、前記第1方向と第2方向とに直交する第3方向に対して傾斜した傾斜面を有する、付記B2-B17のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B18]
The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B17, wherein the convex portion has an inclined surface inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction.
 [付記B19]
 前記リブレット構造は、流体と前記被検査面との摩擦抵抗を低下させるための構造である、付記B2-B18のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B19]
The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B18, wherein the riblet structure is a structure for reducing frictional resistance between a fluid and the surface to be inspected.
 [付記B20]
 前記集光光学系は、以下の条件式を満足する、付記B2-B19のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
 γ > β
但し、
 β  :前記集光光学系において最も前記被検査面側に配置されたレンズ面の前記有効範囲の端部における法線と前記集光光学系の光軸とのなす角度
 γ  :前記集光光学系において最も前記被検査面側に配置されたレンズに入射する光線のうち前記受光素子に受光される光線と前記集光光学系の光軸とがなす最大角度
[Appendix B20]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices B2 to B19, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression.
γ > β
however,
β: the angle formed between the normal line at the end of the effective range of the lens surface closest to the surface to be inspected in the condensing optical system and the optical axis of the condensing optical system γ: the condensing optical system The maximum angle formed by the light beam received by the light receiving element and the optical axis of the condensing optical system among the light beams incident on the lens arranged closest to the surface to be inspected in
 [付記B21]
 前記集光光学系は、以下の条件式を満足する、付記B2-B20のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
 y < fsinθ
但し、
 y :前記集光光学系の像高
 f :前記集光光学系の焦点距離
 θ :前記照射領域で反射された光と前記集光光学系の光軸とがなす角度
[Appendix B21]
The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B20, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression.
y < f sin θ
however,
y: image height of the condensing optical system f: focal length of the condensing optical system θ: angle between the light reflected in the irradiation area and the optical axis of the condensing optical system
 [付記B22]
 前記検査することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて前記リブレット構造を検査することを含む、付記B2-B21のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B22]
The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B2 to B21, wherein the inspecting includes inspecting the riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
 [付記B23]
 前記検査することは、前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定することを含む、付記B22に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B23]
The inspection method according to Appendix B22, wherein the inspecting includes determining whether the shape of the convex portion is good or bad based on data representing the intensity distribution.
 [付記B24]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域と前記凸状部分とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含み、
 前記検査することは、前記受光面へ入射した前記第1反射光の強度と前記受光面へ入射した前記第2反射光の強度との比較結果に基づいて、前記凸状部分の良否を判定することを含む、付記B23に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B24]
The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
The inspecting determines the quality of the convex portion based on a comparison result between the intensity of the first reflected light incident on the light receiving surface and the intensity of the second reflected light incident on the light receiving surface. The inspection method according to Appendix B23, comprising:
 [付記B25]
 前記凸状部分の形状は、前記凸状部分の頂点の丸まりを含む、付記B24に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B25]
The inspection method according to Appendix B24, wherein the shape of the convex portion includes rounded vertices of the convex portion.
 [付記B26]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域と前記凸状部分とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含み、
 前記第2反射光は、前記照射領域から前記第1反射光が反射された第1反射方向とは異なる第2反射方向に反射された第2反射光と、前記照射領域から前記第1反射方向および前記第2反射方向とは異なる第3反射方向に反射された第2反射光とを含み、
 前記検査することは、前記受光面への、前記第1反射光の入射位置と前記第2反射方向に反射された第2反射光の入射位置との間隔と、前記受光面への、前記第1反射光の入射位置と前記第3反射方向に反射された第2反射光の入射位置との間隔とに基づいて、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定することを含む、付記B23-B25のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B26]
The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
The second reflected light includes second reflected light reflected in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction in which the first reflected light is reflected from the irradiation area, and second reflection light reflected from the irradiation area in the first reflection direction. and a second reflected light reflected in a third reflection direction different from the second reflection direction,
The inspecting includes the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light on the light receiving surface and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction, and the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light on the light receiving surface and the second Supplementary notes B23-B25, including determining whether the shape of the convex portion is good or bad based on the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the third reflection direction. The inspection method according to any one of the items.
 [付記B27]
 前記凸状部分は、前記第1方向と前記第2方向とに直交する第3方向に対して傾斜し、前記第1方向に延びる一対の傾斜面を有し、
 前記凸状部分の形状は、前記一対の傾斜面のうちの一方の傾斜面と他方の傾斜面との対称性を含む、付記B26に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B27]
the convex portion has a pair of inclined surfaces that are inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction and extend in the first direction;
The inspection method according to appendix B26, wherein the shape of the convex portion includes symmetry between one inclined surface and the other inclined surface of the pair of inclined surfaces.
 [付記B28]
 前記検査することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータと、良品の形状の前記凸状部分への光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表す少なくとも一つの良品基準データおよび不良品の形状の前記凸状部分への光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表す少なくとも一つの不良品基準データの少なくとも一方とを比較することによって前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定することを含む、付記B23-B27のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B28]
The inspecting includes data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, at least one non-defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of light reflected by irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of a non-defective product, and The quality of the shape of the convex portion of the defective product is determined by comparing with at least one of at least one of the defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of the defective product. The inspection method according to any one of Appendixes B23-B27, comprising:
 [付記B29]
 前記検査することは、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定するよう予め学習された識別器に、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータを入力することで、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定することを含む、付記B23-B28のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B29]
The inspecting is performed by inputting data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element to a discriminator that has been learned in advance to determine whether the shape of the convex portion is good or bad. The inspection method according to any one of Appendices B23-B28, comprising determining whether the shape is good or bad.
 [付記B30]
 前記検査することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて、前記凸状部分の形状に関する値を算出することを含む、付記B23-B29のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B30]
The inspecting includes calculating a value related to the shape of the convex portion based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element. Inspection method.
 [付記B31]
 前記検査することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータを、予め記憶された強度分布の基準データと比較することにより、前記リブレット構造を検査することを含む、付記B22-B30のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B31]
Appendices B22-B30, wherein the inspecting includes inspecting the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element with pre-stored reference data of the intensity distribution. The inspection method according to any one of the items.
 [付記B32]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域と前記凸状部分とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含み、
 前記検査することは、前記強度分布における前記第1反射光および前記第2反射光のそれぞれの位置が、予め記憶された前記第1反射光および前記第2反射光のそれぞれの位置の基準範囲に含まれるか否かを判定することにより、前記リブレット構造を検査することを含む、付記B22-B31のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法。
[Appendix B32]
The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
In the inspecting, the position of each of the first reflected light and the second reflected light in the intensity distribution falls within a pre-stored reference range of the positions of the first reflected light and the second reflected light. The inspection method of any one of Appendixes B22-B31, comprising inspecting the riblet structure by determining whether it is included.
 [付記B33]
 付記B1-B32のいずれか一項に記載の検査方法をコンピュータに実行させる、検査用コンピュータプログラム。
[Appendix B33]
A computer program for inspection, which causes a computer to execute the inspection method according to any one of Appendices B1 to B32.
 [付記C1]
 第1方向に連なる凸状部分が前記第1方向と交差する第2方向に複数設けられたリブレット構造を有する被測定面を測定する光学装置であって、
 光源からの光を前記被測定面上の照射領域に照射し、前記照射領域で反射された光を集光する集光光学系と、
 前記集光光学系に関して前記被検査面と共役な面とは異なる面に配置され、前記集光光学系で集光される前記光を受光する受光素子と、
 を備える光学装置。
[Appendix C1]
An optical device for measuring a surface to be measured having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction,
a condensing optical system that irradiates an irradiation area on the surface to be measured with light from a light source and collects the light reflected by the irradiation area;
a light-receiving element arranged on a surface different from a surface conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system and configured to receive the light condensed by the condensing optical system;
An optical device comprising
 [付記C2]
 前記受光素子は、前記共役な面とは異なる面に配置される受光面を有し、前記集光光学系で集光される前記光による強度分布を検出する、付記C1に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C2]
The optical device according to appendix C1, wherein the light receiving element has a light receiving surface arranged on a plane different from the conjugate plane, and detects an intensity distribution of the light condensed by the condensing optical system.
 [付記C3]
 前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の開口数は、0.7以上である、付記C2に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C3]
The optical device according to appendix C2, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.7 or more on the surface to be measured side.
 [付記C4]
 前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の開口数は、0.9以下である、付記C2またはC3に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C4]
The optical device according to Appendix C2 or C3, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.9 or less on the surface to be measured side.
 [付記C5]
 前記集光光学系は、最も前記測定査面側に配置され、かつ前記被測定面に向く凹面を有するレンズ部材を含む、付記C2-C4のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C5]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C4, wherein the condensing optical system includes a lens member disposed closest to the measurement scan surface and having a concave surface facing the surface to be measured.
 [付記C6]
 前記集光光学系を構成する光学部材のうち最も前記被測定面側に配置される光学部材よりも前記被測定面側に突出し、かつ前記被測定面に当接可能な当接部材をさらに備える、付記C2-C5のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C6]
further comprising a contact member that protrudes toward the surface to be measured from an optical member arranged closest to the surface to be measured among optical members constituting the condensing optical system and is capable of coming into contact with the surface to be measured. , Appendices C2-C5.
 [付記C7]
 前記当接部材は、前記被測定面のうち前記照射領域を除く少なくとも一部の領域に当接可能である、付記C6に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C7]
The optical device according to appendix C6, wherein the contact member is capable of contacting at least a part of the surface to be measured excluding the irradiation region.
 [付記C8]
 前記当接部材と前記集光光学系とは、前記当接部材が前記被測定面に当接したときに、前記集光光学系と前記被測定面との前記集光光学系の光軸方向の間隔が前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の作動距離となるように配置される、付記C6またはC7に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C8]
The contact member and the condensing optical system are configured such that when the contact member contacts the surface to be measured, the condensing optical system and the surface to be measured are arranged in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system. is the working distance of the condensing optical system on the side of the surface to be measured.
 [付記C9]
 前記当接部材は、前記当接部材が前記被測定面に当接したときに、前記集光光学系と前記被測定面との前記集光光学系の光軸方向の間隔が前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の作動距離となるように、少なくとも、最も前記被測定面側に配置される前記光学部材を支持する、付記C6-C8のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C9]
The abutment member has a distance between the converging optical system and the surface to be measured in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system when the abutting member abuts on the surface to be measured. The optical device according to any one of Appendices C6 to C8, wherein at least the optical member arranged closest to the surface to be measured is supported so that the working distance of the system is on the side of the surface to be measured.
 [付記C10]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記凸状部分と前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含む、付記C2-C9のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C10]
The light reflected by the irradiation region includes first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided, and light reflected by the convex portion and the irradiation region. The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C9, further comprising a second reflected light reflected twice by the area where the convex portion is not provided.
 [付記C11]
 前記集光光学系は、前記光源からの光の少なくとも一部を前記照射領域に向けて反射し、前記照射領域から前記集光光学系に入射した前記第1反射光の一部および前記第2反射光を前記受光素子に向けて透過させるとともに、前記一部とは異なる前記第1反射光の他部が前記受光素子に入射しないように構成される光分割部材を含む、付記C10に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C11]
The condensing optical system reflects at least part of the light from the light source toward the irradiation area, and a part of the first reflected light and the second reflected light that enter the condensing optical system from the irradiation area. The light splitting member according to Appendix C10, which transmits reflected light toward the light receiving element and is configured to prevent another part of the first reflected light different from the part from entering the light receiving element. optical device.
 [付記C12]
 前記光分割部材は、前記第1反射光の前記他部を前記受光素子とは異なる方向に反射する、付記C11に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C12]
The optical device according to appendix C11, wherein the light splitting member reflects the other portion of the first reflected light in a direction different from that of the light receiving element.
 [付記C13]
 前記光分割部材は、前記光分割部材を射出する前記第1反射光の前記一部の光量が前記光分割部材を射出する前記第1反射光の前記他部の光量よりも少なくなるように構成される、付記C11またはC12に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C13]
The light splitting member is configured such that the light amount of the part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member is smaller than the light amount of the other part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member. The optical device according to appendix C11 or C12, wherein
 [付記C14]
 前記集光光学系は、前記被測定面からみて最も前記光分割部材側に配置され、かつ、前記光分割部材に向く凹面を有するレンズ部材をさらに含む、付記C11-C13のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C14]
The condensing optical system according to any one of Appendices C11 to C13, further comprising a lens member disposed closest to the light splitting member when viewed from the surface to be measured and having a concave surface facing the light splitting member. Optical device as described.
 [付記C15]
 前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の最大開口数で前記被測定面上の一点から前記集光光学系に入射して前記受光素子に達する光束が前記受光面で占める領域の大きさは、前記受光面の大きさの0.1倍以上である、付記C2-C14のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C15]
The size of the area occupied on the light receiving surface by the light beam incident on the light collecting optical system from one point on the surface to be measured and reaching the light receiving element at the maximum numerical aperture of the light collecting optical system on the side of the surface to be measured , which is at least 0.1 times the size of the light receiving surface.
 [付記C16]
 前記受光面は、前記集光光学系を構成する光学部材のうち最も前記受光素子側に配置される光学部材よりも前記集光光学系の射出瞳面側に配置される、付記C2-C15のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C16]
of attachments C2 to C15, wherein the light-receiving surface is arranged closer to the exit pupil plane of the light-condensing optical system than an optical member arranged closest to the light-receiving element among the optical members constituting the light-condensing optical system. An optical device according to any one of the preceding claims.
 [付記C17]
 前記受光面は、前記集光光学系の射出瞳面または前記射出瞳と共役な面に配置される、付記C2-C16のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C17]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C16, wherein the light receiving surface is arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system or on a plane conjugate with the exit pupil.
 [付記C18]
 前記凸状部分は、前記第1方向と第2方向とに直交する第3方向に対して傾斜した傾斜面を有する、付記C2-C17のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C18]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C17, wherein the convex portion has an inclined surface inclined with respect to a third direction perpendicular to the first direction and the second direction.
 [付記C19]
 前記リブレット構造は、流体と前記被測定面との摩擦抵抗を低下させるための構造である、付記C2-C18のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C19]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C18, wherein the riblet structure is a structure for reducing frictional resistance between a fluid and the surface to be measured.
 [付記C20]
 前記集光光学系は、以下の条件式を満足する、付記C2-C19のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
 γ > β
但し、
 β  :前記集光光学系において最も前記被検査面側に配置されたレンズ面の前記有効範囲の端部における法線と前記集光光学系の光軸とのなす角度
 γ  :前記集光光学系において最も前記被検査面側に配置されたレンズに入射する光線のうち前記受光素子に受光される光線と前記集光光学系の光軸とがなす最大角度
[Appendix C20]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C19, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression.
γ > β
however,
β: the angle formed between the normal line at the end of the effective range of the lens surface closest to the surface to be inspected in the condensing optical system and the optical axis of the condensing optical system γ: the condensing optical system The maximum angle formed by the light beam received by the light receiving element and the optical axis of the condensing optical system among the light beams incident on the lens arranged closest to the surface to be inspected in
 [付記C21]
 前記集光光学系は、以下の条件式を満足する、付記C2-C20のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
 y < fsinθ
但し、
 y : 前記集光光学系の像高
 f : 前記集光光学系の焦点距離
 θ : 前記照射領域で反射された光と前記集光光学系の光軸とがなす角度
[Appendix C21]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C20, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression.
y < f sin θ
however,
y: image height of the condensing optical system f: focal length of the condensing optical system θ: angle between the light reflected in the irradiation area and the optical axis of the condensing optical system
 [付記C22]
 前記受光素子は、前記集光光学系で前記受光面に集光される前記光による強度分布を表すデータを出力する、付記C2-C21のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C22]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices C2 to C21, wherein the light receiving element outputs data representing an intensity distribution of the light condensed on the light receiving surface by the condensing optical system.
 [付記C23]
 前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて前記リブレット構造を測定する測定部をさらに備える、付記C22のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C23]
The optical device according to any one of Appendix C22, further comprising a measurement unit that measures the riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
 [付記C24]
 前記測定部は、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて、前記リブレット構造の測定として前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出する、付記C23に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C24]
The optical device according to appendix C23, wherein the measurement unit calculates a value related to the shape of the riblet structure as the measurement of the riblet structure based on the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
 [付記C25]
 前記測定部は、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータと、それぞれ異なる形状を有する複数の前記リブレット構造への光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表す複数の形状基準データとに基づいて、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出する、付記C24に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C25]
The measurement unit includes data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, and a plurality of shape reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of the light to the plurality of riblet structures having different shapes. The optical device according to Appendix C24, wherein the value for the shape of the riblet structure is calculated based on.
 [付記C26]
 前記測定部は、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出するように予め学習された識別器に、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータを入力することで、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を出力する、付記C24またはC25に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C26]
The measurement unit inputs the data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element to a discriminator pre-learned so as to calculate a value related to the shape of the riblet structure, thereby obtaining a value related to the shape of the riblet structure. The optical device of clause C24 or C25, which outputs a value.
 [付記C27]
 前記識別器は、入力側から出力側に向けて直列に接続された複数の畳み込み層を有する畳み込みニューラルネットワークを含む、付記C26に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C27]
The optical device according to Appendix C26, wherein the discriminator comprises a convolutional neural network having a plurality of convolutional layers serially connected from an input side to an output side.
 [付記C28]
 前記測定部は、前記値として、前記第2方向における前記凸状部分の間隔、前記凸状部分の頂角、前記凸状部分の高さ、前記凸状部分の頂点の曲率半径のうち少なくとも一つを表す値を算出する、付記C24-C27のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C28]
The measuring unit selects at least one of the distance between the convex portions in the second direction, the apex angle of the convex portions, the height of the convex portions, and the radius of curvature of the apex of the convex portions as the value. The optical device according to any one of clauses C24-C27, wherein the optical device calculates a value representing the
 [付記C29]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記凸状部分と前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域とで2回反射された反射光を含み、
 前記2回反射された反射光は、前記照射領域から第1反射方向に反射された反射光と、前記照射領域から前記第1反射方向とは異なる第2反射方向に反射された反射光とを含み、
 前記測定部は、前記受光面への、前記第1反射方向に反射された反射光の入射位置と、前記第2反射方向に反射された反射光の入射位置との関係に基づいて、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出する、付記C23-C28に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C29]
The light reflected by the irradiation area includes reflected light reflected twice by the convex portion and a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided,
The reflected light reflected twice includes reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a first reflection direction and reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction. including
The measurement unit measures the riblet on the light receiving surface based on the relationship between the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the first reflection direction and the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction. Optical apparatus according to appendices C23-C28, for calculating a value for the shape of a structure.
 [付記C30]
 前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値は、前記凸状部分の頂角を表す値である、付記C29に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C30]
The optical device according to Appendix C29, wherein the value for the shape of the riblet structure is a value representing the apex angle of the convex portion.
 [付記C31]
 前記測定部は、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータを、予め記憶された強度分布の基準データと比較することにより、前記リブレット構造を測定する、付記C23-C30のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
[Appendix C31]
Any one of Appendices C23 to C30, wherein the measurement unit measures the riblet structure by comparing data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element with pre-stored reference data of the intensity distribution. 10. The optical device according to claim 1.
 [付記C32]
 付記C2-C22のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置から出力された強度分布を表すデータに基づいてリブレット構造を測定する測定方法。
[Appendix C32]
A measuring method for measuring a riblet structure based on data representing an intensity distribution output from the optical device according to any one of Appendices C2-C22.
 [付記C33]
 前記測定することは、前記光学装置から出力された前記強度分布のデータに基づいて前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出することを含む、付記C32に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix C33]
The measuring method according to Appendix C32, wherein the measuring includes calculating a value for the shape of the riblet structure based on the intensity distribution data output from the optical device.
 [付記C34]
 前記測定することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布のデータと、それぞれ異なる形状を有する複数の前記リブレット構造への光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表す複数の形状基準データとに基づいて、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出することを含む、付記C33に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix C34]
The measuring includes the data of the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, and a plurality of shape reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of light to the plurality of riblet structures having different shapes, respectively. C33. The method of measurement of Appendix C33, comprising calculating a value for the shape of the riblet structure based on
 [付記C35]
 前記測定することは、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出するように予め学習された識別器に、前記強度分布のデータを入力することで、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を出力することを含む、付記C33またはC34に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix C35]
The measuring includes inputting the intensity distribution data into a discriminator pretrained to calculate a value for the shape of the riblet structure, thereby outputting a value for the shape of the riblet structure. , appendix C33 or C34.
 [付記C36]
 前記識別器は、入力側から出力側に向けて直列に接続された複数の畳み込み層を有する畳み込みニューラルネットワークを含む、付記C35に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix C36]
The measurement method according to Appendix C35, wherein the discriminator comprises a convolutional neural network having a plurality of convolutional layers serially connected from the input side to the output side.
 [付記C37]
 前記測定することは、前記値として、前記第2方向における前記凸状部分の間隔、前記凸状部分の頂角、前記凸状部分の高さ、前記凸状部分の頂点の曲率半径のうち少なくとも一つを表す値を算出することを含む、付記C33-C36のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix C37]
The measuring includes, as the value, at least one of the distance between the convex portions in the second direction, the apex angle of the convex portion, the height of the convex portion, and the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion. A method of measurement according to any one of Appendixes C33-C36, comprising calculating a value representing one.
 [付記C38]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記凸状部分と前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域とで2回反射された反射光を含み、
 前記2回反射された反射光は、前記照射領域から第1反射方向に反射された反射光と、前記照射領域から前記第1反射方向とは異なる第2反射方向に反射された反射光とを含み、
 前記測定することは、前記受光面への、前記第1反射方向に反射された反射光の入射位置と、前記第2反射方向に反射された反射光の入射位置との関係に基づいて、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出することを含む、付記C33-C37に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix C38]
The light reflected by the irradiation area includes reflected light reflected twice by the convex portion and a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided,
The reflected light reflected twice includes reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a first reflection direction and reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction. including
The measuring is based on the relationship between the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the first reflection direction and the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction on the light receiving surface. A method of measurement according to Appendix C33-C37, comprising calculating a value for the shape of the riblet structure.
 [付記C39]
 前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値は、前記凸状部分の頂角を表す値である、付記C38に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix C39]
The measurement method according to appendix C38, wherein the value relating to the shape of the riblet structure is a value representing the apex angle of the convex portion.
 [付記C40]
 前記測定することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布のデータを、予め記憶された強度分布の基準データと比較することにより、前記リブレット構造を測定することを含む、付記C32-C39のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix C40]
The measuring includes measuring the riblet structure by comparing the intensity distribution data output from the light receiving element with pre-stored intensity distribution reference data. The measurement method according to any one of the items.
 [付記D1]
 第1方向に連なる凸状部分が前記第1方向と交差する第2方向に複数設けられたリブレット構造を有する被測定面を測定する測定方法であって、
 前記被測定面上の照射領域に光を照射することと、
 前記光の照射によって前記照射領域で反射した光を集光光学系により集光することと、
 前記集光光学系に関して前記被測定面と共役な面とは異なる面で、集光された前記光を受光することと、
 前記受光の結果に基づいて前記リブレット構造を測定することと、
 を含む測定方法。
[Appendix D1]
A measurement method for measuring a surface to be measured having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction,
irradiating an irradiation area on the surface to be measured with light;
Condensing the light reflected by the irradiation area by the irradiation of the light with a condensing optical system;
Receiving the condensed light on a surface different from a surface conjugated to the surface to be measured with respect to the condensing optical system;
measuring the riblet structure based on the results of the received light;
including measurement method.
 [付記D2]
 前記受光において、前記共役な面とは異なる面に配置される受光面を有する受光素子により集光された前記光を受光し、前記受光素子は、前記受光の結果として前記集光された光による強度分布を検出する、付記D1に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D2]
In the light reception, a light-receiving element having a light-receiving surface arranged on a plane different from the conjugate plane receives the condensed light, and the light-receiving element receives the condensed light as a result of the light reception. The measurement method according to appendix D1, which detects an intensity distribution.
 [付記D3]
 前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の開口数は、0.7以上である、付記D2に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D3]
The measurement method according to appendix D2, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.7 or more on the side of the surface to be measured.
 [付記D4]
 前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の開口数は、0.9以下である、付記D2またはD3に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D4]
The measurement method according to appendix D2 or D3, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.9 or less on the side of the surface to be measured.
 [付記D5]
 前記集光光学系は、最も前記被測定面側に配置され、かつ前記被測定面に向く凹面を有するレンズ部材を含む、付記D2-D4のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D5]
The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D4, wherein the condensing optical system is arranged closest to the surface to be measured and includes a lens member having a concave surface facing the surface to be measured.
 [付記D6]
 前記集光光学系を構成する光学部材のうち最も前記被測定面側に配置される光学部材よりも前記被測定面側に突出する当接部材を前記測定面に当接させることをさらに含む、付記D2-D5のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D6]
further comprising contacting the measurement surface with a contact member that protrudes toward the surface to be measured more than an optical member arranged closest to the surface to be measured among the optical members constituting the condensing optical system; The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2-D5.
 [付記D7]
 前記当接部材は、前記被測定面のうちの前記照射領域を除く少なくとも一部の領域に当接する、付記D6に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D7]
The measurement method according to appendix D6, wherein the contact member contacts at least a part of the surface to be measured excluding the irradiation region.
 [付記D8]
 前記当接部材と前記集光光学系とは、前記当接部材が前記被測定面に当接したときに、前記集光光学系と前記被測定面との前記集光光学系の光軸方向の間隔が前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の作動距離となるよう配置される、付記D6またはD7に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D8]
The contact member and the condensing optical system are configured such that when the contact member contacts the surface to be measured, the condensing optical system and the surface to be measured are arranged in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system. is the working distance of the condensing optical system on the side of the surface to be measured.
 [付記D9]
 前記当接部材は、前記当接部材が前記被測定面に当接したときに、前記集光光学系と前記被測定面との前記集光光学系の光軸方向の間隔が前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の作動距離となるように、少なくとも、最も前記被測定面側に配置される前記光学部材を支持する、付記D6-D8のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D9]
The abutment member has a distance between the converging optical system and the surface to be measured in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system when the abutting member abuts on the surface to be measured. The measuring method according to any one of Appendices D6 to D8, wherein at least the optical member arranged closest to the surface to be measured is supported so that the working distance of the system is on the side of the surface to be measured.
 [付記D10]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記凸状部分と前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含む、付記D2-D9のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D10]
The light reflected by the irradiation region includes first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided, and light reflected by the convex portion and the irradiation region. The measuring method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D9, including the second reflected light reflected twice by the area where the convex portion is not provided.
 [付記D11]
 前記集光光学系は、前記光源からの光の少なくとも一部を前記照射領域に向けて反射し、前記照射領域から前記集光光学系に入射した前記第1反射光の一部および前記第2反射光を前記受光素子に向けて透過させるとともに、前記一部とは異なる前記第1反射光の他部が前記受光素子に入射しないように構成される光分割部材を含む、付記D10に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D11]
The condensing optical system reflects at least part of the light from the light source toward the irradiation area, and a part of the first reflected light and the second reflected light that enter the condensing optical system from the irradiation area. D10 according to appendix D10, further comprising a light splitting member configured to transmit reflected light toward the light receiving element and to prevent another part of the first reflected light different from the part from entering the light receiving element. Measuring method.
 [付記D12]
 前記光分割部材は、前記第1反射光の前記他部を前記受光素子とは異なる方向に反射する、付記D11に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D12]
The measurement method according to appendix D11, wherein the light splitting member reflects the other part of the first reflected light in a direction different from that of the light receiving element.
 [付記D13]
 前記光分割部材は、前記光分割部材を射出する前記第1反射光の前記一部の光量が前記光分割部材を射出する前記第1反射光の前記他部の光量よりも少なくなるように構成される、付記D11またはD12に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D13]
The light splitting member is configured such that the light amount of the part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member is smaller than the light amount of the other part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member. The measurement method according to appendix D11 or D12.
 [付記D14]
 前記集光光学系は、前記被測定面からみて最も前記光分割部材側に配置され、かつ、前記光分割部材に向く凹面を有するレンズ部材をさらに含む、付記D11-D13のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D14]
The condensing optical system according to any one of Appendices D11 to D13, further comprising a lens member disposed closest to the light splitting member when viewed from the surface to be measured and having a concave surface facing the light splitting member. Measurement method described.
 [付記D15]
 前記集光光学系の前記被測定面側の最大開口数で前記被測定面上の一点から前記集光光学系に入射して前記受光素子に達する光束が前記受光面で占める領域の大きさは、前記受光面の大きさの0.1倍以上である、付記D2-D14のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D15]
The size of the area occupied on the light receiving surface by the light beam incident on the light collecting optical system from one point on the surface to be measured and reaching the light receiving element at the maximum numerical aperture of the light collecting optical system on the side of the surface to be measured , which is 0.1 times or more the size of the light receiving surface.
 [付記D16]
 前記受光面は、前記集光光学系を構成する光学部材のうち最も前記受光素子側に配置される光学部材よりも前記集光光学系の射出瞳面側に配置される、付記D2-D15のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D16]
of Appendices D2 to D15, wherein the light-receiving surface is arranged closer to the exit pupil plane of the light-condensing optical system than an optical member arranged closest to the light-receiving element among the optical members constituting the light-condensing optical system. The measurement method according to any one of the items.
 [付記D17]
 前記受光面は、前記集光光学系の射出瞳面または前記射出瞳と共役な面に配置される、付記D2-D16のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D17]
The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D16, wherein the light receiving surface is arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system or on a plane conjugate with the exit pupil.
 [付記D18]
 前記凸状部分は、前記第1方向と第2方向とに直交する第3方向に対して傾斜した傾斜面を有する、付記D2-D17のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D18]
The measuring method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D17, wherein the convex portion has an inclined surface inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction.
 [付記D19]
 前記リブレット構造は、流体と前記被測定面との摩擦抵抗を低下させるための構造である、付記D2-D18のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D19]
The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D18, wherein the riblet structure is a structure for reducing frictional resistance between the fluid and the surface to be measured.
 [付記D20]
 前記集光光学系は、以下の条件式を満足する、付記D2-D19のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
 γ > β
但し、
 β  :前記集光光学系において最も前記被測定面側に配置されたレンズ面の前記有効範囲の端部における法線と前記集光光学系の光軸とのなす角度
 γ  :前記集光光学系において最も前記被測定面側に配置されたレンズに入射する光線のうち前記受光素子に受光される光線と前記集光光学系の光軸とがなす最大角度
[Appendix D20]
The optical device according to any one of Appendices D2 to D19, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression.
γ > β
however,
β: the angle formed between the normal to the end of the effective range of the lens surface closest to the surface to be measured in the condensing optical system and the optical axis of the condensing optical system γ: the condensing optical system the maximum angle formed by the light beam received by the light receiving element among the light beams incident on the lens arranged closest to the surface to be measured and the optical axis of the condensing optical system in
 [付記D21]
 前記集光光学系は、以下の条件式を満足する、付記D2-D20のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
 y < fsinθ
但し、
 y : 前記集光光学系の像高
 f : 前記集光光学系の焦点距離
 θ : 前記照射領域で反射された光と前記集光光学系の光軸とがなす角度
[Appendix D21]
The measurement method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D20, wherein the condensing optical system satisfies the following conditional expression.
y < f sin θ
however,
y: image height of the condensing optical system f: focal length of the condensing optical system θ: angle between the light reflected in the irradiation area and the optical axis of the condensing optical system
 [付記D22]
 前記測定することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて前記リブレット構造を測定することを含む、付記D2-D21のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D22]
The measuring method according to any one of Appendices D2 to D21, wherein the measuring includes measuring the riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
 [付記D23]
 前記測定することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布のデータに基づいて前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出することを含む、付記D22に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D23]
The measuring method according to appendix D22, wherein the measuring includes calculating a value related to the shape of the riblet structure based on the data of the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element.
 [付記D24]
 前記測定することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布のデータと、それぞれ異なる形状を有する複数の前記リブレット構造への光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表す複数の形状基準データとに基づいて、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出することを含む、付記D23に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D24]
The measuring includes the data of the intensity distribution output from the light receiving element, and a plurality of shape reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of light to the plurality of riblet structures having different shapes, respectively. Method of measurement according to appendix D23, comprising calculating a value for the shape of the riblet structure based on
 [付記D25]
 前記測定することは、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出するように予め学習された識別器に、前記強度分布のデータを入力することで、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を出力することを含む、付記D23またはD24に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D25]
The measuring includes inputting the intensity distribution data into a discriminator pre-trained to calculate a value for the shape of the riblet structure, thereby outputting a value for the shape of the riblet structure. , appendix D23 or D24.
 [付記D26]
 前記識別器は、入力側から出力側に向けて直列に接続された複数の畳み込み層を有する畳み込みニューラルネットワークを含む、付記D25に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D26]
The measurement method according to appendix D25, wherein the discriminator comprises a convolutional neural network having a plurality of convolutional layers serially connected from the input side to the output side.
 [付記D27]
 前記測定することは、前記値として、前記第2方向における前記凸状部分の間隔、前記凸状部分の頂角、前記凸状部分の高さ、前記凸状部分の頂点の曲率半径のうち少なくとも一つを表す値を算出することを含む、付記D23-D26のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D27]
The measuring includes, as the value, at least one of the distance between the convex portions in the second direction, the apex angle of the convex portion, the height of the convex portion, and the radius of curvature of the vertex of the convex portion. A method of measurement according to any one of appendices D23-D26, comprising calculating a value representing one.
 [付記D28]
 前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記凸状部分と前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域とで2回反射された反射光を含み、
 前記2回反射された反射光は、前記照射領域から第1反射方向に反射された反射光と、前記照射領域から前記第1反射方向とは異なる第2反射方向に反射された反射光とを含み、
 前記測定することは、前記受光面への、前記第1反射方向に反射された反射光の入射位置と、前記第2反射方向に反射された反射光の入射位置との関係に基づいて、前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値を算出することを含む、付記D23-D27のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D28]
The light reflected by the irradiation area includes reflected light reflected twice by the convex portion and a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided,
The reflected light reflected twice includes reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a first reflection direction and reflected light reflected from the irradiation area in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction. including
The measuring is based on the relationship between the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the first reflection direction and the incident position of the reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction on the light receiving surface. A method of measurement according to any one of appendices D23-D27, comprising calculating a value for the shape of the riblet structure.
 [付記D29]
 前記リブレット構造の形状に関する値は、前記凸状部分の頂角を表す値である、付記D28に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D29]
The measurement method according to appendix D28, wherein the value relating to the shape of the riblet structure is a value representing the apex angle of the convex portion.
 [付記D30]
 前記測定することは、前記受光素子から出力された前記強度分布のデータを、予め記憶された強度分布の基準データと比較することにより、前記リブレット構造を測定することを含む、付記D22-D29のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法。
[Appendix D30]
The measuring includes measuring the riblet structure by comparing the intensity distribution data output from the light receiving element with pre-stored intensity distribution reference data. The measurement method according to any one of the items.
 [付記D31]
 付記D1-D30のいずれか一項に記載の測定方法をコンピュータに実行させる、測定用コンピュータプログラム。
[Appendix D31]
A measuring computer program that causes a computer to execute the measuring method according to any one of Appendices D1-D30.
 当業者は、本開示の精神および範囲から外れることなく、種々の変更、置換および修正をこれに加えることが可能であることを理解されたい。 It should be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes, substitutions and modifications can be made thereto without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure.
 1  光学装置
 LS  光源
 2  集光光学系
 21  レンズ群
 22  光分割部材
 3  受光素子
 3a  受光面
 4  筐体
 4a  当接部材
 5  コンピュータ
 531  演算部
 532  検出部
 533  測定部
REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1 optical device LS light source 2 condensing optical system 21 lens group 22 light splitting member 3 light receiving element 3a light receiving surface 4 housing 4a contact member 5 computer 531 calculation unit 532 detection unit 533 measurement unit

Claims (29)

  1.  第1方向に連なる凸状部分が前記第1方向と交差する第2方向に複数設けられたリブレット構造を有する被検査面を検査する光学装置であって、
     光源からの光を前記被検査面上の照射領域に照射し、前記照射領域で反射された光を集光する集光光学系と、
     前記集光光学系に関して前記被検査面と共役な面とは異なる面に配置される受光面を有し、前記集光光学系で集光される前記光による強度分布を検出する受光素子と、
     を備える光学装置。
    An optical device for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction,
    a condensing optical system for irradiating an irradiation area on the surface to be inspected with light from a light source and condensing the light reflected by the irradiation area;
    a light-receiving element having a light-receiving surface arranged on a surface different from a surface conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the light-condensing optical system, and detecting an intensity distribution of the light condensed by the light-condensing optical system;
    An optical device comprising
  2.  前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の開口数は、0.7以上である、請求項1に記載の光学装置。 The optical device according to claim 1, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.7 or more on the inspection surface side.
  3.  前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の開口数は、0.9以下である、請求項1または2に記載の光学装置。 The optical device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the condensing optical system has a numerical aperture of 0.9 or less on the inspection surface side.
  4.  前記集光光学系は、最も前記被検査面側に配置され、かつ前記被検査面に向く凹面を有するレンズ部材を含む、請求項1-3のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The optical device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the condensing optical system includes a lens member arranged closest to the surface to be inspected and having a concave surface facing the surface to be inspected.
  5.  前記集光光学系を構成する光学部材のうち最も前記被検査面側に配置される光学部材よりも前記被検査面側に突出し、かつ前記被検査面に当接可能な当接部材をさらに備える、請求項1-4のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 further comprising a contact member that protrudes toward the surface to be inspected from an optical member that is arranged closest to the surface to be inspected among the optical members that constitute the condensing optical system, and that is capable of coming into contact with the surface to be inspected. , an optical device according to any one of claims 1-4.
  6.  前記当接部材は、前記被検査面のうち前記照射領域を除く少なくとも一部の領域に当接可能である、請求項5に記載の光学装置。 The optical device according to claim 5, wherein the contact member can contact at least a part of the surface to be inspected excluding the irradiation region.
  7.  前記当接部材と前記集光光学系とは、前記当接部材が前記被検査面に当接したときに、前記集光光学系と前記被検査面との前記集光光学系の光軸方向の間隔が前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の作動距離となるように配置される、請求項5または6に記載の光学装置。 The contact member and the condensing optical system are configured such that when the contact member contacts the surface to be inspected, the condensing optical system and the surface to be inspected are arranged in the optical axis direction of the condensing optical system. 7. The optical device according to claim 5 or 6, arranged so that an interval of is the working distance of the condensing optical system on the side of the surface to be inspected.
  8.  前記当接部材は、前記当接部材が前記被検査面に当接したときに、前記集光光学系と前記被検査面との前記集光光学系の光軸方向の間隔が前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の作動距離となるように、少なくとも、最も前記被検査面側に配置される前記光学部材を支持する、請求項5-7のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The abutment member has a distance between the converging optical system and the surface to be inspected in the optical axis direction of the converging optical system when the abutting member abuts on the surface to be inspected. 8. The optical device according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein at least the optical member arranged closest to the surface to be inspected is supported so as to have a working distance of the system on the side of the surface to be inspected.
  9.  前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記凸状部分と前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含む、請求項1-8のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The light reflected by the irradiation region includes first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided, and light reflected by the convex portion and the irradiation region. 9. The optical device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising a second reflected light reflected twice by a region where the convex portion is not provided.
  10.  前記集光光学系は、前記光源からの光の少なくとも一部を前記照射領域に向けて反射し、前記照射領域から前記集光光学系に入射した前記第1反射光の一部および前記第2反射光を前記受光素子に向けて透過させるとともに、前記一部とは異なる前記第1反射光の他部が前記受光素子に入射しないように構成される光分割部材を含む、請求項9に記載の光学装置。 The condensing optical system reflects at least part of the light from the light source toward the irradiation area, and a part of the first reflected light and the second reflected light that enter the condensing optical system from the irradiation area. 10. The light dividing member according to claim 9, further comprising a light splitting member configured to transmit reflected light toward said light receiving element and prevent the other part of said first reflected light different from said part from entering said light receiving element. optical device.
  11.  前記光分割部材は、前記第1反射光の前記他部を前記受光素子とは異なる方向に反射する、請求項10に記載の光学装置。 11. The optical device according to claim 10, wherein said light splitting member reflects said other portion of said first reflected light in a direction different from said light receiving element.
  12.  前記光分割部材は、前記光分割部材を射出する前記第1反射光の前記一部の光量が前記光分割部材を射出する前記第1反射光の前記他部の光量よりも少なくなるように構成される、請求項10または11に記載の光学装置。 The light splitting member is configured such that the light amount of the part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member is smaller than the light amount of the other part of the first reflected light emitted from the light splitting member. 12. An optical device according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the optical device is
  13.  前記集光光学系は、前記被検査面側から順に、1以上のレンズ部材と、前記光分割部材とを含み、前記1以上のレンズ部材は、前記被検査面からみて最も前記光分割部材側に配置され、かつ、前記光分割部材に向く凹面を有するレンズ部材をさらに含む、請求項10-12のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The condensing optical system includes, in order from the surface to be inspected, one or more lens members and the light splitting member, and the one or more lens members are closest to the light splitting member when viewed from the surface to be inspected. 13. The optical device according to any one of claims 10 to 12, further comprising a lens member having a concave surface disposed in and facing the light splitting member.
  14.  前記集光光学系の前記被検査面側の最大開口数で前記被検査面上の一点から前記集光光学系に入射して前記受光素子に達する光束が前記受光面で占める領域の大きさは、前記受光面の大きさの0.1倍以上である、請求項1-13のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The size of the area occupied on the light receiving surface by the light beam incident on the light collecting optical system from one point on the surface to be inspected and reaching the light receiving element at the maximum numerical aperture of the light collecting optical system on the side of the surface to be inspected , is at least 0.1 times the size of the light receiving surface.
  15.  前記受光面は、前記集光光学系を構成する光学部材のうち最も前記受光素子側に配置される光学部材よりも前記集光光学系の射出瞳面側に配置される、請求項1-14のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 Claim 1-14, wherein the light-receiving surface is arranged closer to the exit pupil plane of the light-condensing optical system than an optical member arranged closest to the light-receiving element among the optical members constituting the light-condensing optical system. The optical device according to any one of Claims 1 to 3.
  16.  前記受光面は、前記集光光学系の射出瞳面または前記射出瞳と共役な面に配置される、請求項1-15のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The optical device according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the light-receiving surface is arranged on the exit pupil plane of the condensing optical system or on a plane conjugate with the exit pupil.
  17.  前記凸状部分は、前記第1方向と第2方向とに直交する第3方向に対して傾斜した傾斜面を有する、請求項1-16のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The optical device according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein said convex portion has an inclined surface inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to said first direction and said second direction.
  18.  前記リブレット構造は、流体と前記被検査面との摩擦抵抗を低下させるための構造である、請求項1-17のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The optical device according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the riblet structure is a structure for reducing frictional resistance between the fluid and the surface to be inspected.
  19.  前記受光素子により検出された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて前記リブレット構造を検査する演算部をさらに備える、請求項1-18のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The optical device according to any one of claims 1 to 18, further comprising an arithmetic unit that inspects the riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element.
  20.  前記演算部は、前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて、前記リブレット構造の検査として前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定する、請求項19に記載の光学装置。 20. The optical device according to claim 19, wherein the calculation unit determines the quality of the shape of the convex portion as an inspection of the riblet structure based on the data representing the intensity distribution.
  21.  前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域と前記凸状部分とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含み、
     前記演算部は、前記受光面へ入射した前記第1反射光の強度と前記受光面へ入射した前記第2反射光の強度との比較結果に基づいて、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定する、請求項20に記載の光学装置。
    The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
    The calculation unit determines whether the shape of the convex portion is good or bad based on a comparison result between the intensity of the first reflected light incident on the light receiving surface and the intensity of the second reflected light incident on the light receiving surface. 21. The optical device of claim 20, wherein
  22.  前記凸状部分の形状は、前記凸状部分の頂点の丸まりを含む、請求項21に記載の光学装置。 22. The optical device according to claim 21, wherein the shape of the convex portion includes a rounded vertex of the convex portion.
  23.  前記照射領域で反射された前記光は、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域で1回反射された第1反射光と、前記照射領域のうちの前記凸状部分が設けられていない領域と前記凸状部分とで2回反射された第2反射光とを含み、
     前記第2反射光は、前記照射領域から前記第1反射光が反射された第1反射方向とは異なる第2反射方向に反射された第2反射光と、前記照射領域から前記第1反射方向および前記第2反射方向とは異なる第3反射方向に反射された第2反射光とを含み、
     前記演算部は、前記受光面への、前記第1反射光の入射位置と前記第2反射方向に反射された第2反射光の入射位置との間隔と、前記受光面への、前記第1反射光の入射位置と前記第3反射方向に反射された第2反射光の入射位置との間隔とに基づいて、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定する、請求項20-22のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。
    The light reflected by the irradiation region is divided into first reflected light reflected once by a region of the irradiation region where the convex portion is not provided and the convex portion of the irradiation region. including a second reflected light that is reflected twice by the area not provided and the convex portion;
    The second reflected light includes second reflected light reflected in a second reflection direction different from the first reflection direction in which the first reflected light is reflected from the irradiation area, and second reflection light reflected from the irradiation area in the first reflection direction. and a second reflected light reflected in a third reflection direction different from the second reflection direction,
    The computing unit calculates the distance between the incident position of the first reflected light on the light receiving surface and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the second reflection direction, and the distance between the incident position of the second reflected light on the light receiving surface, 23. The quality of the shape of the convex portion is determined based on the distance between the incident position of the reflected light and the incident position of the second reflected light reflected in the third reflection direction. The optical device according to item 1.
  24.  前記凸状部分は、前記第1方向と前記第2方向とに直交する第3方向に対して傾斜し、前記第1方向に延びる一対の傾斜面を有し、
     前記凸状部分の形状は、前記一対の傾斜面のうちの一方の傾斜面と他方の傾斜面との対称性を含む、請求項23に記載の光学装置。
    the convex portion has a pair of inclined surfaces that are inclined with respect to a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction and extend in the first direction;
    24. The optical device according to claim 23, wherein the shape of the convex portion includes symmetry between one inclined surface and the other inclined surface of the pair of inclined surfaces.
  25.  前記演算部は、前記受光素子により検出された前記強度分布を表すデータと、良品の形状の前記凸状部分への光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表す少なくとも一つの良品基準データおよび不良品の形状の前記凸状部分への光の照射によって反射した光による強度分布を表す少なくとも一つの不良品基準データの少なくとも一方とを比較することによって前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定する、請求項20-24のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The computing unit includes data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light-receiving element, at least one non-defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of light reflected by irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of a non-defective product, and non-defective product standard data. Determining the quality of the shape of the convex portion by comparing with at least one of at least one of the defective product reference data representing the intensity distribution of the light reflected by the irradiation of light to the convex portion of the shape of the non-defective product. Optical device according to any one of claims 20-24.
  26.  前記演算部は、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定するよう予め学習された識別器に、前記受光素子により検出された前記強度分布を表すデータを入力することで、前記凸状部分の形状の良否を判定する、請求項20-25のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The computing unit inputs the data representing the intensity distribution detected by the light receiving element to a classifier pre-learned to determine the quality of the shape of the convex portion, thereby determining the shape of the convex portion. 26. The optical device according to any one of claims 20 to 25, which determines the quality of the optical device.
  27.  前記演算部は、前記受光素子により検出された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいて、前記凸状部分の形状に関する値を算出する、請求項20-26のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置。 The optical device according to any one of claims 20 to 26, wherein said calculation unit calculates a value related to the shape of said convex portion based on data representing said intensity distribution detected by said light receiving element.
  28.  請求項1-18のいずれか一項に記載の光学装置により検出された前記強度分布を表すデータに基づいてリブレット構造を検査する検査方法。 An inspection method for inspecting a riblet structure based on data representing the intensity distribution detected by the optical device according to any one of claims 1-18.
  29.  第1方向に連なる凸状部分が前記第1方向と交差する第2方向に複数設けられたリブレット構造を有する被検査面を検査する検査方法であって、
     前記被検査面上の照射領域に光を照射することと、
     前記光の照射によって前記照射領域で反射した光を集光光学系により集光することと、
     前記集光光学系に関して前記被検査面と共役な面とは異なる面で、集光された前記光を受光することと、
     受光の結果に基づいて前記リブレット構造を検査することと、
     を含む検査方法。
    An inspection method for inspecting a surface to be inspected having a riblet structure in which a plurality of convex portions extending in a first direction are provided in a second direction intersecting the first direction,
    irradiating an irradiation area on the surface to be inspected with light;
    Condensing the light reflected by the irradiation area by the irradiation of the light with a condensing optical system;
    Receiving the condensed light on a plane different from a plane conjugated to the surface to be inspected with respect to the condensing optical system;
    inspecting the riblet structure based on the results of receiving light;
    inspection methods including;
PCT/JP2021/048971 2021-12-28 2021-12-28 Optical device and inspection method WO2023127152A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2021/048971 WO2023127152A1 (en) 2021-12-28 2021-12-28 Optical device and inspection method

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2021/048971 WO2023127152A1 (en) 2021-12-28 2021-12-28 Optical device and inspection method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023127152A1 true WO2023127152A1 (en) 2023-07-06

Family

ID=86998482

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/048971 WO2023127152A1 (en) 2021-12-28 2021-12-28 Optical device and inspection method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023127152A1 (en)

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6069539A (en) * 1983-09-26 1985-04-20 Toshiba Corp Inspecting device for surface defect
JPS62235511A (en) * 1986-03-11 1987-10-15 Kobe Steel Ltd Surface condition inspecting apparatus
JPH0510739A (en) * 1991-06-30 1993-01-19 Nec Corp Surfacial groove's direction determining method and apparatus
JPH05157527A (en) * 1991-12-09 1993-06-22 I N R Kenkyusho:Kk Measuring apparatus for two-dimensional or three-dimensional shape
US5404247A (en) * 1993-08-02 1995-04-04 International Business Machines Corporation Telecentric and achromatic f-theta scan lens system and method of use
JPH07509785A (en) * 1992-11-25 1995-10-26 キューシー オプチックス インコーポレーテッド Surface pit and mound detection and identification devices and methods
JP2004301619A (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-28 Railway Technical Res Inst Image scanner
JP2005291859A (en) * 2004-03-31 2005-10-20 Nec Compound Semiconductor Devices Ltd Fine structure measurement method, fine structure measurement apparatus, and fine structure analysis system
JP2008032669A (en) * 2006-07-27 2008-02-14 Oputouea Kk Optical scanning type planal visual inspecting apparatus
WO2020217338A1 (en) * 2019-04-24 2020-10-29 株式会社ニコン Processing system and inspection system

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6069539A (en) * 1983-09-26 1985-04-20 Toshiba Corp Inspecting device for surface defect
JPS62235511A (en) * 1986-03-11 1987-10-15 Kobe Steel Ltd Surface condition inspecting apparatus
JPH0510739A (en) * 1991-06-30 1993-01-19 Nec Corp Surfacial groove's direction determining method and apparatus
JPH05157527A (en) * 1991-12-09 1993-06-22 I N R Kenkyusho:Kk Measuring apparatus for two-dimensional or three-dimensional shape
JPH07509785A (en) * 1992-11-25 1995-10-26 キューシー オプチックス インコーポレーテッド Surface pit and mound detection and identification devices and methods
US5404247A (en) * 1993-08-02 1995-04-04 International Business Machines Corporation Telecentric and achromatic f-theta scan lens system and method of use
JP2004301619A (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-28 Railway Technical Res Inst Image scanner
JP2005291859A (en) * 2004-03-31 2005-10-20 Nec Compound Semiconductor Devices Ltd Fine structure measurement method, fine structure measurement apparatus, and fine structure analysis system
JP2008032669A (en) * 2006-07-27 2008-02-14 Oputouea Kk Optical scanning type planal visual inspecting apparatus
WO2020217338A1 (en) * 2019-04-24 2020-10-29 株式会社ニコン Processing system and inspection system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6568672B2 (en) System and method for detecting defects on specular surfaces in a vision system
JP5388543B2 (en) Appearance inspection device
US8547545B2 (en) Method and apparatus for inspecting a surface of a substrate
WO2012121323A1 (en) Optical characteristic measurement device
US20050024336A1 (en) Method and device for optical navigation
JP2011506977A5 (en)
US9188532B2 (en) Inspection apparatus
JPH061249B2 (en) Panel surface inspection method and device
US20130242083A1 (en) Retro-reflective imaging
US20160169798A1 (en) Device and method for sensing at least one partially specular surface
JP2023512280A (en) Detector for object recognition
CN101346620A (en) Optical measurement device
KR101446061B1 (en) Apparatus for measuring a defect of surface pattern of transparent substrate
JP6542906B2 (en) Method and apparatus for determining surface data and / or measurement data associated with the surface of an at least partially transparent object
CN105675615B (en) A kind of high speed large range high resolution rate imaging system
WO2023127152A1 (en) Optical device and inspection method
JP2018515747A5 (en)
JP2009085691A (en) Inspection device
US20100214224A1 (en) Light beam shaping element for an optical navigation input device
JP2008157788A (en) Surface inspection method and device
JPH0787208B2 (en) Face plate defect detection optical device
JP6679942B2 (en) Sheet defect inspection device
JPH0650243B2 (en) Light wave interferometer
KR100288613B1 (en) Non-contact surface roughness measuring device and method
CN111213029A (en) Method, device and system for detecting defects of transparent/semitransparent material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21970032

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1